TW201113332A - Dichroism pigment, light absorbing anisotropic film, polarizer and fabricating method thereof and display device - Google Patents

Dichroism pigment, light absorbing anisotropic film, polarizer and fabricating method thereof and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201113332A
TW201113332A TW99128828A TW99128828A TW201113332A TW 201113332 A TW201113332 A TW 201113332A TW 99128828 A TW99128828 A TW 99128828A TW 99128828 A TW99128828 A TW 99128828A TW 201113332 A TW201113332 A TW 201113332A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
substituent
acrylate
formula
carbon number
Prior art date
Application number
TW99128828A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Nobutaka Iwahashi
Ryoji Goto
Shinichi Morishima
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201113332A publication Critical patent/TW201113332A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • G02B5/3033Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B31/00Disazo and polyazo dyes of the type A->B->C, A->B->C->D, or the like, prepared by diazotising and coupling
    • C09B31/16Trisazo dyes
    • C09B31/26Trisazo dyes from other coupling components "D"
    • C09B31/28Heterocyclic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/223Absorbing filters containing organic substances, e.g. dyes, inks or pigments

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

This invention provides a light absorbing anisotropic film having high dichroic ratio. The light absorbing anisotropic film of this invention is formed by a dichroism composistion including at least one selected from the crystalline azo pigment represented by following formula (1) and formula (2) and substantially excluding crystalline non-coloring compound.

Description

201113332 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明是有關於一種新穎的二色性色素及光吸收異方 f生膜。另外,本發明是有關於一種使用該光吸收異方性膜 的偏光子及顯示裝置。另外,本發明亦是有關於— 子的製造方法。 【先前技術】 —^需要包括雷射光或自然光的照射光的衰減功能、偏 光功能、脑功能、遮光功能料,先前,铺由不同的 原理而分職作的裝置來發揮各魏。因此,與該些功能 ,對應的產品亦是就各功能而分別藉㈣_製造步驟 製造。 、队日日儿丫两ί控制顯; _ 又斤射!·生直使用直線偏光板或圓偏光。 =致發光元件)中,亦使用圓偏光板以防止外光的反 η些偏光板(偏光子)巾廣泛制猶為二色, 二”由於昇華性大,故用於偏 2f充分。另外,其消光色為深藍色,而不可稱: 遍及正個可見光譜區域而理想的姉色偏光子。 因此,正在_錢㈣& 子進行研究。但是,該些有機系的色幸==質= 可獲得二色性相當差的程度的偏光目比, 將光的旋光性或雙折射性用於=认,別^ 為重要的構成要素,近年來中,偏> 马了提咼顯示性能等而- 4 201113332 在進行新的偏光子的開發。 地’ 法:與含硬的偏光子同樣 巴r生的有機色素(二色性 ^ =稀,,—之類的 :、膜朝-個方向延伸朗膜狀來使 並將 疋’,在延伸處理等的製程費事等的=向。但 ^此,最近著眼於其他方法。·财法,非專利文 :’於玻璃或透明薄膜等的基板上利 的分子_互作料來使二色性色素配向,形 =色素膜)°但I已知該文獻中記載的方法㈣熱性的 另外,上述於玻璃或透明薄膜等的基板上利用有機色 相互作用等來使4性色素配向是藉由濕 式成膜絲軸。當利肖此種濕核膜法來製作異方性色 素膜時,對於該色素膜中使用的色素,要求除了色素分子 的高的二色性以外、適合於濕式成膜法的製程的色素。渴 式成膜法的製程可列舉:使色素於基板上堆積、配向的方 法或控制其配向的方法等。因此,即便是先前的經過上述 延伸處理的偏光子可使用的色素,大多亦不適合於濕式成 膜法。專利文獻1〜專利文獻3中,提出了適合於上述製 程的材料’但該些材料雖然適合於該製程,但有無法表現 出高的二色性的問題。 ^ 另外,關於適合於該製程的材料,專利文獻4中提出 了 一種以(色原(chromogen)) (S〇3M)n*表示的色素。 201113332 專利文獻5中,於配向膜上自氣相 使其配向。專利文獻6中,揭示了 色素分子並 上旋塗液晶性偶氮色素並使其配向方^摩^的配向膜 中,揭示了一種於含有光活性分子二U利文獻7 上塗佈具有磺酸基、胺基或羥基等 :代=膜【 加以配向而成的偏光子。專利二 fTF 了種於光配向膜上塗佈將黑色的二色性 ^解於紫外線硬化性液晶中的組成物(所謂f ^ 其配向而形成的偏舒。但是,彻該 比二色性相當差,無法 1另#面’近年來,為了提高顯示性能等而一直在進 :讀的偏*元件的用途開發。專利文獻1〇中提出,藉^ 片層與液晶材料層之間設置偏光層(所謂胞内偏 先層),來抑制彩色渡光片的消偏振。但是,配置於液2 ^偏光層必須以更薄的膜厚來達成所需的偏光度,^ 更向的二色性。 文水 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]曰本專利特開2〇〇218〇〇52號公報 [專利文獻2]日本專利特表2〇〇2_528758號公報 [專利文獻3]日本專利特開2〇〇2_338838號公報 [專利文獻4]日本專利特表平8_5111()9號公報 [專利文獻5]日本專利第368713〇號 6 201113332 [專利文獻6]曰本專利特開2〇〇5_189393號公報 [專利文獻7]日本專利特開平7 261〇24號公報 [專利文獻8]日本專利特開2〇〇133〇726號公報 [專利文獻9]曰本專利特開平ι11〇1964號公報 [專利文獻ίο]日本專利特開2008_90317號公報 [非專利文獻] l]Dreyer,J.F.5 Journal de Physique, 1969, 4, 114,”Light Polarization Fr〇m Films 〇f Ly〇tr〇pic Nemadc201113332 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field to Be Invented by the Invention] The present invention relates to a novel dichroic dye and a light absorbing heterogeneous f-film. Further, the present invention relates to a polarizer and a display device using the light absorbing anisotropic film. Further, the present invention is also directed to a method of manufacturing the electron. [Prior Art] - ^ It is necessary to include the attenuation function of the illumination light of the laser light or the natural light, the polarization function, the brain function, the shading function material, and previously, the device which is divided into different functions by the different principles is used to exert the Wei. Therefore, with these functions, the corresponding products are also manufactured by the (four)_manufacturing steps for each function. The team will control the two day and day; _ and jin shot! · Straight using polarized plates or circular polarized lights. In the light-emitting element, a circular polarizing plate is also used to prevent the polarizing plate (polarized photo) of the external light from being widely used as a two-color, and the second is sufficient for the partial 2f because of the sublimation property. Its extinction color is dark blue, and it can't be called: ideal eclipse photon in the visible spectrum region. Therefore, it is being studied in _ money (4) & sub-color == quality = A polarizing ratio of a degree of dichromaticity is obtained, and the optical rotation or birefringence of light is used for the recognition, and it is an important constituent element. In recent years, the bias has been shown to improve the display performance and the like. - 4 201113332 In the development of new polarizers. Earth's method: an organic pigment similar to a hard photon (two-color ^ = thin, -) or the like: the film extends in one direction In the case of a process such as a glass film or a transparent film, the film is used for the process of stretching, etc., but it has recently been focused on other methods. The molecules of the _ _ mutual material to make the dichroic pigment alignment, shape = pigment film) ° but I have In the method described in the literature (4), the thermal alignment of the substrate is performed on a substrate such as a glass or a transparent film by using an organic color interaction or the like, and the tetrachromatic pigment is aligned by a wet film formation. When a heterogeneous pigment film is produced by a membrane method, a dye suitable for the wet film formation method other than the high dichroism of the dye molecule is required for the dye used in the dye film. The process includes a method of depositing and aligning a pigment on a substrate, a method of controlling the alignment thereof, and the like. Therefore, many pigments which can be used for the polarizer which has undergone the above-described extension treatment are often not suitable for the wet film formation method. Patent Documents 1 to 3 propose materials suitable for the above process. However, although these materials are suitable for the process, they have a problem that they cannot exhibit high dichroism. ^ In addition, regarding the process suitable for the process In the material, Patent Document 4 proposes a dye represented by (chromogen) (S〇3M) n*. 201113332 Patent Document 5, which is aligned from the gas phase on the alignment film. In the sixth, the pigment molecules are exposed and the liquid crystal azo dye is spin-coated and aligned to the alignment film, and a sulfonic acid group is coated on the photoactive molecule. , amine or hydroxyl group, etc.: generation = film [aligned photon]. Patent 2 fTF is applied to the photo-alignment film to coat the composition of black dichroism in ultraviolet curable liquid crystal (so-called f ^ The yoke formed by the alignment. However, it is quite inferior to the dichroism, and it is impossible to develop the use of the partial element in order to improve the display performance. It is proposed in Document 1 that a polarizing layer (so-called intracellular first layer) is provided between the sheet layer and the liquid crystal material layer to suppress depolarization of the color light guide sheet. However, the liquid crystal layer disposed on the liquid layer must have a thinner film thickness to achieve the desired degree of polarization and a more dichroic property. [Patent Document 1] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 2 No. Hei. No. 2-528758 (Patent Document 3) Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2008-90317 [Non-Patent Literature] l]Dreyer, JF5 Journal de Physique, 1969, 4, 114, "Light Polarization Fr〇m Films 〇f Ly〇tr〇pic Nemadc

Liquid Crystals” 【發明内容】 本發明是鑒於上述先前技術而成,在於提供一種二色 性高的新麵二色性色素、光做異方㈣及偏光子以 及具有該光吸收異方性膜的顯示裝置。 用以解決上述課題的手段如下。 [1]-種光吸收異方性膜,其是由含有選自下述通式 ⑴及通式⑺絲示的液晶性偶氮色素中的至少一種、 且實質上巧 物所形成: 上不含液晶性的非著色性化合物的二色性色素組成SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made in view of the above prior art, and provides a novel dichroic dye having high dichroism, an optical heterodyne (four) and a polarizer, and a photoreceptor having the light absorbing anisotropic film. Display means. The means for solving the above problems is as follows: [1] - a light absorbing anisotropic film containing at least a liquid crystal azo dye selected from the group consisting of the following general formula (1) and (7) One, and substantially singularly formed: dichroic pigment composition of a non-colored compound containing no liquid crystallinity

式中,R1 R5分別獨立表示氫原子或取 代基;R6及 201113332 R7分別獨立表示氫原子財 具有取代基的芳香族烴基、取代基的燒基;Q1表示可 L1表示二價連結基;=麵减麵己燒環基; [化2] 表$關子或硫原子; R8 q2_n=|SJ-|q3-N= (2) 式中,R8及R9分別獨立表示 的炫基;Q2表示可具有取代基的芳香族煙代基 基;Q;表示可具有取代基的二價芳香族煙環 雜環基;η表示1〜4的整數,當 土或一饧方香族 Q;可相同亦可不同。 …2以上的時’多個 [2]如第刚之光吸收異方_,其中上述通式⑴ 所表示的液晶性偶氮色素是以下述通式(3)所表厂、 、,、 通式⑺所絲的液晶性職色素是以下述通 表示: [化3]In the formula, R1 R5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; and R6 and 201113332 R7 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a substituent of a hydrogen atom and a burnt group of a substituent; and Q1 represents that L1 represents a divalent linking group; Reduced surface burned ring base; [Chemical 2] Table $ Guan or sulfur atom; R8 q2_n=|SJ-|q3-N= (2) where R8 and R9 are independently represented by stimuli; Q2 means can have a substitution Aromatic fluorenyl group; Q; represents a divalent aromatic smocyclic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent; η represents an integer of 1 to 4, and may be the same or different when earth or a square fragrant Q; . In the case of the above-mentioned formula (1), the liquid crystal azo dye represented by the above formula (1) is a factory of the following formula (3), and a plurality of [2] The liquid crystalline functional pigment of the formula (7) is represented by the following: [Chemical 3]

(3) 式中,R10〜R13分別獨立表示氫原子 ;rM表示 氫原子或甲基;π及…分別獨立表示可具有ς代基的烧 8 201113332 基;Βι表示氮原子化具有取代基的碳原子;l2 表示偶氮 基、醯氧* (-C(-〇)〇、)、氧基幾基(_〇c(=〇)_)或亞胺 基; [化4](3) In the formula, R10 to R13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; rM represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; π and ... each independently represent a calcined 8 201113332 group which may have a deuterated group; Βι denotes a nitrogen atomized carbon having a substituent Atom; l2 represents azo, oxime* (-C(-〇)〇,), oxy group (_〇c(=〇)_) or imine group; [Chemical 4]

(4) 式中’ R〜RQ分別獨立表示氫原子或取代基;R21 及R22分別獨立表示可具有取代基的烷基;B2表示氮原子 或可具有取代基的碳原子;m表示i或2,當m為2時, 兩個R17〜R20可分別相同亦可不同。 [3]如第[1]項或第[2]項之光吸收異方性膜,其中上 述通式(2)所表示的液晶性偶氮色素是以下述通式(5) 所表示: [化5](4) wherein 'R~RQ each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; R21 and R22 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent; B2 represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom which may have a substituent; m represents i or 2 When m is 2, the two R17 to R20 may be the same or different. [3] The light absorbing anisotropic film according to [1] or [2], wherein the liquid crystalline azo dye represented by the above formula (2) is represented by the following formula (5): 5]

式中,R23〜R3G分別獨立表示氫原子或取代基; < Μ2分別獨立表示可具有取代基的烷基;B3表示氮原子 具有取代基的碳原子。 201113332 [4] 如第[1]項至第[3]項中任一項之光吸收異方性 膜’其中上述液晶性偶氮色素表現出向列性。 [5] 如第[1]項至第[4]項中任一項之光吸收異方性 膜’其中相對於上述二色性色素組成物中的將溶劑除外的 總固體成分’上述液晶性偶氮色素的比例為20 〜刚 wt%。 [6] 如第[1]項至第[5]項中任一項之光吸收異方性 膜’其中上述二色性色素組成物含有至少—種的非液晶性 高分子,,對於該組成物中的將溶劑除外的總固體成分, 非液晶性高分子所占的比例為0 i wt%〜90 wt%。 [7] 種偏光子’包括基板以及於該基板上的如第⑴ 項至第[6]項中任一項之光吸收異方性膜。 [8] 如第[6]項之偏光子’其巾於上述基板與上述光吸 收異方性膜之間具有配向膜。 [9] 一種顯不裝置,包括如第[丨]項至第[5]項中任一項 之光吸收異方性膜、或如第[7]項或第[8]項之偏光子。 [10] —種偏光子的製造方法,其是如第[8]項或第[9] 項之偏光子的製造方法,至少依序包括以下的[i]〜[3]: [1] 對基板直接、或對形成於該基板上的配向膜進行 摩擦或光照射的步驟; [2] 於該基板或該配向膜上塗佈上述二色性色素組成 物的步驟;以及 [3] 使上述二色性色素組成物配向而形成偏光子的步 驟。 201113332 所表示。 所表示。 所表示。 項至第[Π] [u]—種偶氮色素,其是以上述通式 [12] —種偶氮色素,其是以上述通式 [13] —種偶氣色素’其是以上述通式(5) Π4] —種二色性色素組成物’含有如第[11] 項中任一項之偶氮色素。 [U] —種光吸收異方性膜,其是由如第 性色素組絲卿成。 ~項之-色 [發明的效果] 根據本發明,可提供一種二色性高的光吸吹 及偏光f、以及具有該光吸收異綠_顯示^。、 為讓本發明之上述和其他目的、特徵和優^ 明如下 易」董二下文特舉較佳實施例’並配合_圖式: 【實施方式】 以下,就本發明加以詳細說明。再者, 再者,本制書中,「〜」是指以包括其前後所 = 作為下限值及上限值的含意而使用。 載的數值 1.光吸收異方性膜 本發明是有關於一種光吸收異方性膜 2述通式⑴及通式⑺所表示的液晶性; ,素組成物實質上*含液晶_转色性化合物。^色上 色性本發明的組成物中,偶氮色素分子藉由自身的配 向此力而配向,藉由將該狀態㈣,而作為偏光膜等的吸 201113332 ,異方性财發揮魏。本發_光吸收異雜膜與所謂 賓主(GH)型的光吸收異方性膜不 的光吸收異方性膜例如是利用含有二色性色;二= 晶化合物的組成物,沿著液晶化合物的分子的配向來使二 色性色素的分子配向,達成預定的二色比。GH型的偏光 子中,形成時所用的組成物通常於總固體成分中含有8〇 wt/。以上的成為主體的液晶化合物客體的色素的含量為 5 wt/。〜15 wt%左右。本發明的較佳態樣為實質上不含有 液晶性的非著色性化合物的非GH的態樣,具體而言,上 述組成物中的液晶性的非著色性化合物戶^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 扣赠。以下的態樣,更佳為20wt%以下,進而佳為\幸= 以下’進而更佳為5 Wt%以下。為完全不含有液晶性 的非著色性化合物。 (1)二色性色素組成物 本發明的光吸收異方性膜的製造時所用的二色性色竞 組成物含有選自下述通式⑴及通式(2)所表示的液羞 性偶氮色素中的至少一種。 液晶性偶氮色素: [化6] q1-l1In the formula, R23 to R3G each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; < Μ2 each independently represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent; and B3 represents a carbon atom having a substituent of a nitrogen atom. [11] The light absorbing anisotropic film of any one of [1] to [3] wherein the liquid crystalline azo dye exhibits nematicity. [5] The light-absorbing anisotropic film of any one of the above [1] to [4] wherein the liquid crystal property is the same as the total solid content of the dichroic dye composition excluding the solvent The proportion of azo pigment is 20 〜wt%. [6] The light absorbing anisotropic film according to any one of [1] to [5] wherein the dichroic dye composition contains at least one kind of non-liquid crystalline polymer, for the composition The proportion of the total solid content excluding the solvent in the liquid non-liquid crystalline polymer is from 0 i wt% to 90 wt%. [7] A polarizing photoreceptor includes a substrate and a light absorbing anisotropic film according to any one of the items (1) to [6]. [8] The polarizer of the item [6], wherein the towel has an alignment film between the substrate and the light-absorbing anisotropic film. [9] A display device comprising the light absorbing anisotropic film according to any one of [5] to [5], or the polarizer of the item [7] or [8]. [10] A method for producing a polarizer, which is a method for producing a polarizer according to item [8] or [9], comprising at least the following [i] to [3]: [1] a step of rubbing or irradiating the substrate directly or with an alignment film formed on the substrate; [2] a step of applying the dichroic dye composition on the substrate or the alignment film; and [3] The step of aligning the dichroic dye composition to form a polarizer. Said by 201113332. Expressed. Expressed. Item to the first [Π] [u]-type azo dye, which is an azo dye of the above formula [12], which is a porphyrin dye of the above formula [13] The azo dye of any one of the items [11], wherein the dichroic dye composition is contained in the formula (5). [U] — A light absorbing anisotropic film which is formed, for example, by a pigmentation group. [Effect of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a light absorbing blow and a polarized light f having high dichroism, and having the light absorbing discoloration_display. The above and other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention are as follows. The following is a detailed description of the preferred embodiments of the present invention. Furthermore, in the above-mentioned book, "~" means to use the meaning including the lower limit and the upper limit of = before and after. The present invention relates to a liquid-absorbing property represented by the general formula (1) and the general formula (7) of a light-absorbing anisotropic film 2; Sex compounds. In the composition of the present invention, the azo dye molecules are aligned by the force of their own alignment, and by the state (4), they are used as the polarizing film and the like 201113332, and the heterogeneous wealth is exerted. The light absorbing heterojunction film of the present invention is a light absorbing anisotropic film of a so-called guest-host (GH) type, for example, a composition containing a dichroic color; a bis-crystalline compound, along the liquid crystal The alignment of the molecules of the compound causes the molecules of the dichroic dye to align to a predetermined dichroic ratio. In the GH type polarizer, the composition used in the formation usually contains 8 Å/wt in the total solid content. The content of the pigment of the above-mentioned liquid crystal compound guest which is the main component is 5 wt/. ~15 wt% or so. A preferred embodiment of the present invention is a non-GH form which does not substantially contain a liquid crystalline non-coloring compound, and specifically, a liquid crystalline non-coloring compound in the above composition is a ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Gift. The following aspect is more preferably 20% by weight or less, and further preferably is less than or less than 5 Wt%. It is a non-staining compound which does not contain liquid crystal at all. (1) Dichroic dye composition The dichroic color commemorative composition used in the production of the light absorbing anisotropic film of the present invention contains a liquid shame selected from the following general formulae (1) and (2). At least one of azo pigments. Liquid crystal azo pigment: [Chemical 6] q1-l1

式中,R1〜R5分別獨立表示氫原子或取代基;R6及 12 201113332 R7分別獨立表示氫原子或 具有取代基的芳香族烴基、表示可 ['表=结基-表示氧原 已峨; q2-n=n-|q3-n= R8 / 、妒(2 ) :中及R9分別獨立表示氯原子或可 的烧基;Q絲可具有取代基的㈣妙=代基 基;q3表示可具有取代基的二價芳香族烴環 雜環基;η表示!〜4的整數,# n為2以::;方香姨 Q3可相同亦可不同。 、寺’多個 說明首先’就通式⑴所表㈣液晶性偶氮色素加以言羊細 (1)中,R】〜R5所表示的取代基可列舉:俨 (較佳為碳數1〜2G、更佳為碳數1〜12、特佳為碳數 的烷基,例如可列舉甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁基: 3基、正癸基、正十六絲、環丙基、環絲、環^ 專)/烯基(較佳為碳數2〜20、更佳為碳數2〜12、特二 為碳數2〜8的烯基,例如可列舉乙烯基、芳基、2_丁烯基、 3_戊烯基等)、炔基(較佳為碳數2〜20、更佳為碳數2〜 12、特佳為碳數2〜8的炔基,例如可列舉炔丙基、3-戍块 基等)、芳基(較佳為碳數ό〜30、更佳為碳數6〜2〇、特 佳為碳數6〜12的芳基,例如可列舉笨基、2,6_二乙基笨 13 201113332 基、3,5_二(三氟曱基)苯基、萘基、聯苯基等)、經取代或 未經取,的雜(較佳為碳數〇〜2〇、更佳為碳數。〜ι〇、 特佳為碳數G〜6的胺基,例如可列舉未經取代 基胺基:二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、苯胺基等戈)的月女基甲 烷氧基(較佳為碳數1〜20、更佳為碳數i〜1〇、特佳 ,碳數1〜6,例如可列舉甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基等)、 氧基羰基(較佳為碳數2〜2〇、更佳為碳數2〜15、特佳為 =〜1〇 ’例如刊舉甲氧基縣、乙氧基縣、苯氧基幾基 4)、醯氧基(較佳為碳數2〜20、更佳為碳數2〜1〇、特 ,為2〜6’例如可列舉乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基等)、酿胺 土(較佳為碳數2〜20、更佳為碳數2〜1〇、特佳為碳數2 〜6’例如可’乙軸基、苯甲醯胺基等)、絲基幾基 胺基(較佳為碳數2〜2G、更佳為碳數2〜1()、特佳為碳數 2〜6’例如可列舉甲氧基錄絲等)、芳氧基胺基(較 佳為碳數7〜20、更佳為碳數7〜16、特佳為碳數7〜12, 例如可列舉苯基氧基縣麟等)、雜胺基(較佳為碳數 1〜20、更佳為碳數丨〜⑺、特佳為碳數卜6,例如可列舉 甲俩胺基、科_基等)、胺雜基(較料碳數〇〜 =、更佳為碳數〇〜1G、特佳為碳數0〜6,例如可列舉胺 ,酿基、甲基胺麵基、二甲基㈣醯基、苯基胺續酿基 等)、胺曱醯基(較佳為碳數卜加、更佳為碳數卜1〇、 特佳為碳數1〜6,例如刊舉未經取代的胺甲醯基、甲基 胺甲醯基、—乙基胺甲醯基、苯基胺甲醯基等), 院硫基(較佳為碳數卜加、更佳為碳數HQ、特佳 14 201113332 為碳數1〜6,例如可列舉甲硫基、乙硫基等)、芳硫基(較 佳為碳數6〜20、更佳為碳數6〜16、特佳為碳數6〜12, 例如可列舉苯硫基等)、續醯基(較佳為碳數1〜、更佳 為碳數1〜10、特佳為碳數1〜6,例如可列舉曱磺醯基, 甲苯磺醯基等)、亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數丨〜汕、更佳為碳 數1〜10、特佳為;ε炭數1〜6,例如可列舉曱亞續酿基、笨 亞磺醯基等)、脲基(較佳為碳數丨〜如、更佳為碳數 10、特佳為碳數1〜6,例如可列舉未經取代的的脲基、甲 基脲基、苯基脲基等)、磷醯胺基(較佳為碳數丨〜2〇、更 佳為碳數1〜10、特佳為碳數1〜6,例如可列舉二乙基磷 醯胺基、苯基磷醯胺基等)、羥基、巯基、函素原子(例如 氟原子、氣原子、溴原子、碘原子)、氰基、硝基、羥肟酸 基、亞磺酸基、肼基、亞胺基、偶氮基、雜環基(較佳為 碳數1〜30、更佳為ι〜12的雜環基,例如為具有氮原子、 氧原子、硫原子等的雜原子的雜環基,例如可列舉咪唑基、 吡啶基、喹啉基、呋喃基、哌啶基、嗎啉基、苯幷噁唑基、 笨幷咪唑基、苯幷噻唑基等)、矽烷基(較佳為碳數3〜4〇、 更佳為碳數3〜30 '特佳為碳數3〜24的矽烷基,例如可 列舉二曱基石夕院基、三苯基石夕烧基等)。 該些取代基亦可進一步經該些取代基所取代。另外, 當具有兩個以上的取代基時,可相同亦可不同。另外,可 能的情況下,亦可彼此鍵結而形成環。 R1〜R5所表示的基較佳為氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、鹵 素原子,特佳為氫原子、烷基、烷氧基,最佳為氫原子或 15 201113332 曱基。 七述通^⑴巾HR7所表_可具有取代基的 烧基較佳為碳數1〜20、更佳為讲赵〗1 佳馮奴數1〜12、特佳為碳數1 〜8的烧基’例如可列舉甲基、乙基、正辛基等。“及r7 3 =烧基的6取,與上述r1〜r5所表示的取代基為 才=同3 Ί R及以示燒基時,亦可彼此連結而形成 %結構。當R6或R7表示烧基時,亦可分別與…或r 結而形成環結構。 R6及R7所表示的基·為氫原子或絲,更佳為氮 原子、曱基或乙基。 上述通式(1)中,Q1表示可具有取代基的芳香族烴 基(較佳為故數1〜20、更佳為碳數1〜1〇,例如可列舉苯 基、萘基等)、可具有取代基的芳香族雜環基或可具有取代 基的環己烷環基。 Q1所表示的基可具有的取代基較佳的是為了提高偶 氮化合物的溶解性或向列液晶性而導入的基、為了調節作 為色素的色調而導入的具有供電子性或吸電子性的基、或 為了將配向固定而導入的具有聚合性基的基,具體而言, 與上述R1〜R5所表示的取代基為相同含意。較佳為可具有 取代基的院基、可具有取代基的埽基、可具有取代基的炔 基、可具有取代基的芳基、可具有取代基的烧氧基、可具 有取代基的氧基羰基、可具有取代基的醯氧基、可具有取 代基的醯胺基、可具有取代基的胺基、可具有取代基的烷 氧基羰基胺基、可具有取代基的磺醯基胺基、可具有取代 16 201113332 基的胺磺醯基、可具有取代基的胺曱醯基、可具有取代基 的烷硫基、可具有取代基的磺醯基、可具有取代基的脲基、 硝基、羥基、氰基、亞胺基、偶氮基,鹵素原子,特佳為 可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代基的烯基、可具有取代 基的芳基、可具有取代基的烷氧基、可具有取代基的氧基 羰基、可具有取代基的醯氧基、硝基、亞胺基、偶氮基。 該,取代基巾,對於具有碳原子的基*言,碳原子數的較 佳範圍與Rl〜R5所表示的取代基的碳料㈣較佳範圍 相同。 邊方香族烴基、該芳香族雜環基或該環己烷環基亦可 二ί 1個〜5個取代基’較佳為具有1個。當Q1為苯基時, 相對於Ll而於對位上具有丨個取代基,#為環己烧 幸父佳為以相對於Ll而於4位上成為反式組態 ^ c〇nflgUratl〇n)的方式具有^個取代基。 性的雜的方香麵環基較佳為來源於單環或二環 氮原子雜環基的碳以外的原子可列舉 雜環基二該些原子可相同亦可不同。芳香族 幷噻唑基、舉比疋基、喹啉基、噻吩基、噻唑基、苯 亞胺基、噻二:喹諾酮* (quinolonyi)、萘二曱醯 噻唑基、。寒1衣土乂為吡啶基、喹啉基、噻唑基、苯幷 噻唑基、 ::唑基或噻嗯幷噻唑基,特佳為吡啶▲、苯4 坐基或,,最佳為対基、笨幷 201113332 噻唑基或噻嗯幷噻唑基。 Q1所表示祕雜為可具有取代基的笨基、萃基、吼 咬基、苯幷射基’嗯幷_基或環己财ϋ 苯基、°比啶基、苯幷噻唑基或環己烷環基。 上述通式(1)中’ L1所表示的連結基可列舉:單鍵、 伸烷基(較佳為碳數1〜20、更佳為碳數丨〜1〇、特佳為碳 數1〜6,例如可列舉亞甲基、伸乙基'伸丙基、伸丁基、 伸戊基、環己院-1,4-二基等)、伸烯基(較佳為碳數2〜2土〇、 更佳為碳數2〜1〇、特佳為碳數2〜6,例如可列舉伸乙稀 基等)、伸快基(較佳為碳數2〜20、更佳為碳數2〜1〇、 特佳為碳數2〜6,例如可列舉伸乙炔基等)、伸烷氧基(較 佳為碳數1〜2G、更佳从數卜⑺、縣為碳數^^广 例如可列舉亞甲氧基等)、酿絲、㈣基、酿氧基 (-C(=0)〇·)、氧基幾基(_0C(=0)小亞胺基((Η#. 或-N=CH-)、磺醯胺基、磺酸酯基、脲基、磺醯基、亞磺 醯基、硫醚基、羰基、_NR-基(此處,R表示氫原子、烷 基或芳基)、偶氮基、氧偶氮基(az〇xy)、或將該些基組合 兩個以上而構成的碳數〇〜6〇的二價連纟士美。 L1所表不的基特佳為單鍵、醯胺基、醯氧基、氧基羰 基、亞胺基、偶氮基或氧偶氮基,更佳為偶氮基、酿氧基、 氧基羰基或亞胺基。 上述通式(1)中,A表示氧原子或硫原子,較佳為硫 原子。 繼而,對通式(2)戶斤表示的化合物加以詳細說明。 201113332 、上6述通,(2)中,R8及R9所表示的基與上述通式(i) 中的R及R7所表示的基為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。 Q 同 上述通式(2)中,Q2表示可具有取代基的芳香族烴 ς (較佳為碳數1〜20、更佳為碳數1〜10,例如可列舉^ 土、蔡2基等)或可具有取代基的芳香族雜環基。 j q2所表示的基可具有的取代基與上述通式ο)中的 ]所表不的基可具有的取代基為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相 表示環基與上述通式⑴中的Q1所 :雜絲為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。 啶基、^不的基特佳為可具有取代基的笨基、萘基、咐 的i基或基或嘆嗯幷。塞唾基’最佳為可具有^代基 的整f以?中’ n表示1〜4的整數’較佳為丨〜3 、·尺佳為1或2,特佳為2。 族煙基為(石HQ3表示可具有取代基的二價芳香 舉伸笨其 厌〜20、更佳為碳數1〜10,例士 γ 伸萘基等)或可具有取代。:::列 i l示2 ?的整數時,多個Q3可相環 為伸苯基。V的㈣趣基擁鱗苯基、伸萘基不更问佳 二環二所雜表:二。圭為切 爾原子、硫原子«外的原;ί 原子虽方香族雜環基具有碳以 19 201113332 -----r,x 外的構成j衣的原子時,該些原子可相同亦可不同。芳香族 雜環基具體可列舉吼啶基、喹啉基、異喹啉基、苯幷噻二 嗤基、鄰笨二曱醯亞胺基、噻嗯幷噻唑基等。其中,特佳 為°塞嗯幷11塞σ坐基。 Q3所表示的基可具有的取代基可列舉:可具有取代基 的烧基、可具有取代基的烷氧基、羥基、硝基、#素原子、 可具有取代基的胺基、可具有取代基的醯基胺基、及氰基。 Q3所表示的基可具有的取代基較佳為可具有取代基 的烷基、可具有取代基的烷氧基、羥基、鹵素原子,更佳 為可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代基的烷氧基、_素原 子’特佳為曱基、鹵素原子。 Q所表示的基特佳為可具有取代基的伸苯基或伸萘 基’更佳為可具有取代基的伸苯基。 τ 上述通式(1)及通式(2)所表示的化合物亦可具有 t合性基作為取代基。若具有聚合性基,則硬膜性優化, 故車乂佳。聚合性基的例子中包括不飽和聚合性基、環氧基 及氮丙啶基,較佳為不飽和聚合性基,特佳為乙烯性不飽 和聚合性基。乙烯性不飽和聚合性基的例子中包括丙烯醯 基及曱基丙稀醯基。 聚合性基較佳為位於分子末端,即,式(丨)中,較佳 為作為R6及/或R7的取代基以及Qi的取代基而存在;式 (2)中,較佳為作為R8及/或尺9的取代基以及Q2的取代 基而存在。 上述通式(1)所表示的化合物中,特佳為下述通式(3) 201113332 所表示的化合物。 [化8]In the formula, R1 to R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; and R6 and 12, 201113332 R7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a substituent, and represent [[table=junction-representing an oxygenogen]; q2 -n=n-|q3-n= R8 / , 妒(2): wherein R9 and R9 each independently represent a chlorine atom or a flammable group; the Q wire may have a substituent (four)=substituent; q3 indicates that it may have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring heterocyclic group of a substituent; η represents an integer of ~4, and #n is 2::; Fangxiang姨Q3 may be the same or different. In the case of the general formula (1), the liquid crystal azo dye is represented by the formula (1), and the substituent represented by R] to R5 is 俨 (preferably, the carbon number is 1). 2G, more preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 12 and particularly preferably a carbon number, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, and a third butyl group: a 3-yl group, a n-decyl group, a hexadecandyl group, and a cyclopropyl group, a cyclofilament, a ring, or an alkenyl group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, and a specific carbon number of 2 to 8 carbon atoms), for example, a vinyl group. , an aryl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 3-pentenyl group, etc.), an alkynyl group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, particularly preferably a carbon number of 2 to 8) For example, a propargyl group, a 3-mercapto group, or the like, an aryl group (preferably, a carbon number of ό 30 or more, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 2 Å, and particularly preferably an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 12). For example, a stupid group, a 2,6-diethyl stupid 13 201113332 group, a 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, etc., substituted or unsubstituted may be mentioned. (preferably, the carbon number is 〇2 〇, more preferably the carbon number. 〜 〇, particularly preferably an amino group having a carbon number of G 1-6, for example, a substituted amino group: a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, an anilino group or the like, wherein the number of carbon atoms is from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Preferably, the carbon number is 1 to 6, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a butoxy group or the like, and an oxycarbonyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 2 Å, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 15). For example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, phenoxy group 4), decyloxy group (preferably carbon number 2 to 20, more preferably carbon number 2 to 1 Å, Specific examples of the 2 to 6' are, for example, an ethoxylated group or a benzhydryloxy group, and a tercene earth (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 1 Å, particularly preferably carbon). The number 2 to 6' may be, for example, a 'ethylidene group, a benzylamino group, or the like." or a silk-based amino group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 2 G, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 1), particularly preferably Examples of the carbon number of 2 to 6' include, for example, a methoxy group, and an aryloxy group (preferably, a carbon number of 7 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 7 to 16, and particularly preferably a carbon number of 7 to 12). For example, phenyloxyproline, etc., and a heteroamine group (preferably, the carbon number is 1 to 20, more preferably the carbon number 丨~(7), and particularly preferably the carbon number b, For example, a dimethylamino group, a ketone group, etc., an amine hetero group (compared to a carbon number =~ =, more preferably a carbon number 〇~1G, particularly preferably a carbon number of 0 to 6), for example, an amine can be mentioned. a base, a methylamine face group, a dimethyl (tetra)indenyl group, a phenylamine continuation group, etc.), an amine sulfhydryl group (preferably a carbon number, more preferably a carbon number, and preferably a carbon) No. 1 to 6, for example, an unsubstituted amine methyl sulfonyl group, a methylamine methyl sulfonyl group, an ethylamine methyl fluorenyl group, a phenylamine methyl fluorenyl group, etc., a thiol group (preferably a carbon number) More preferably, it is a carbon number HQ, a particularly good 14 201113332 is a carbon number of 1 to 6, for example, a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, etc.), an arylthio group (preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, more preferably The carbon number is 6 to 16, particularly preferably a carbon number of 6 to 12, and examples thereof include a phenylthio group and the like, and a fluorenyl group (preferably, the carbon number is 1 to more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, particularly preferably a carbon number). 1 to 6, for example, a sulfonyl group, a toluenesulfonyl group, etc., a sulfinyl group (preferably, a carbon number of 丨 汕 汕, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, particularly preferably; ε carbon number 1) ~6, for example, 曱 续 续 、, 笨 sulfinyl group, etc.), urea group (preferably carbon) More preferably, for example, a carbon number of 10, particularly preferably a carbon number of 1 to 6, for example, an unsubstituted ureido group, a methylureido group, a phenylureido group or the like, a phosphonium amine group (preferably, The carbon number is 丨2〇, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a diethylphosphonium amino group and a phenylphosphonium amino group, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, and the like. a functional atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a gas atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxamic acid group, a sulfinic acid group, a fluorenyl group, an imido group, an azo group, or a heterocyclic group (more A heterocyclic group having preferably a carbon number of from 1 to 30, more preferably from 1 to 10, for example, a heterocyclic group having a hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and examples thereof include an imidazolyl group, a pyridyl group and a quinoline group. a base, a furyl group, a piperidinyl group, a morpholinyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, a benzothiazole group, etc.), a decyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 4 Å, more preferably a carbon number of 3) 〜30' is particularly preferably a decyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 24, and examples thereof include a diterpene group, a triphenyl group, and a triphenyl group. These substituents may be further substituted with the substituents. Further, when there are two or more substituents, they may be the same or different. Further, if possible, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The group represented by R1 to R5 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group.七述通^(1) towel HR7 table _ can have a substituent of the burning base is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, more preferably to say Zhao 〗 1 Jia Fengnu number 1 to 12, particularly good for carbon number 1 ~ 8 Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-octyl group and the like. "And r7 3 = 6 of the alkyl group, and the substituents represented by the above r1 to r5 are only the same as 3 Ί R and when the alkyl group is shown, they may be bonded to each other to form a % structure. When R6 or R7 represents burning Further, a ring structure may be formed by a combination with ... or r. The group represented by R6 and R7 is a hydrogen atom or a wire, more preferably a nitrogen atom, a fluorenyl group or an ethyl group. In the above formula (1), Q1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent (preferably, the number is 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 1 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group), and an aromatic heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent. a cyclohexane ring group which may have a substituent. The substituent which the group represented by Q1 may have is preferably a group introduced to increase the solubility of the azo compound or the nematic liquid crystal, and to adjust the color as a pigment. The group having an electron-donating or electron-withdrawing property introduced in a color tone or a group having a polymerizable group introduced to fix the alignment is specifically the same as the substituent represented by the above R1 to R5. It may be a substituent group, a thiol group which may have a substituent, an alkynyl group which may have a substituent, An aryl group having a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an oxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent, a decyloxy group which may have a substituent, a decylamino group which may have a substituent, and an amine group which may have a substituent An alkoxycarbonylamino group which may have a substituent, a sulfonylamino group which may have a substituent, an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent of 16 201113332, an amine fluorenyl group which may have a substituent, may have a substituent Alkylthio group, sulfonyl group which may have a substituent, ureido group which may have a substituent, nitro group, hydroxyl group, cyano group, imino group, azo group, halogen atom, particularly preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent Alkenyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an oxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent, a decyloxy group which may have a substituent, a nitro group, an imine The base azo group. The base towel having a carbon atom preferably has the same range as the carbon material (four) of the substituent represented by R1 to R5. The hydrocarbon group, the aromatic heterocyclic group or the cyclohexane ring group may also be two to five The substituent ' preferably has one. When Q1 is a phenyl group, it has a substituent in the para position relative to L1, and #为为环己烧幸佳 is in the 4 position relative to L1 The method of forming the trans configuration ^ c〇nflgUratl〇n) has a substituent. The heteroaromatic ring group of the heterocyclic group is preferably an atom other than the carbon derived from the heterocyclic group of the monocyclic or bicyclic nitrogen atom. The heterocyclic groups may be the same or different. The aromatic oxathiazolyl group, the fluorenyl group, the quinolyl group, the thienyl group, the thiazolyl group, the phenylimino group, the thiadione: quinolone, and the naphthalene Dioxazolyl, 寒1 is a pyridyl group, a quinolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a ::zolyl group or a thiazole thiazolyl group, particularly preferably a pyridine ▲, a benzene 4 or a phenyl group , the best is sulfhydryl, awkward 201113332 thiazolyl or thiazolidine. Q1 indicates that the miscellaneous is a stupid group, a derivatizing group, a biting group, a benzoquinone group, or a phenyl group, a phenyl group, a pyridyl group, a benzothiazole group or a cyclohexane. Alkane ring group. In the above formula (1), the linking group represented by 'L1' may, for example, be a single bond or an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of from 1 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of from 1 to 20, particularly preferably a carbon number of 1 to 1). 6, for example, a methylene group, an ethylidene group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a cyclohexyl-1,4-diyl group, etc., an alkenyl group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 2) The earthworm, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 1 Å, particularly preferably a carbon number of 2 to 6, for example, a vinylene group or the like, and a stretching group (preferably, the carbon number is 2 to 20, more preferably the carbon number). 2 to 1 〇, particularly preferably a carbon number of 2 to 6, for example, an ethynyl group, an alkoxy group (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 2 G, more preferably a number (7), and a county carbon number ^^) For example, a methyleneoxy group, a fermented silk, a (tetra) group, a brewing oxy group (-C(=0)〇·), an oxy group (_0C(=0) small imido group ((Η#. Or -N=CH-), sulfonylamino, sulfonate, ureido, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, thioether, carbonyl, _NR-group (here, R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group Or an aryl group, an azo group, an azo azo group, or a combination of two or more of these groups, and a carbon number of 〇 〇 6 〇. The phenyl group represented by L1 is a single bond, a decylamino group, a decyloxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, an imido group, an azo group or an oxyazo group, more preferably an azo group, a methoxy group or an oxy group. In the above formula (1), A represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, preferably a sulfur atom. Next, the compound represented by the formula (2) is described in detail. 201113332, supra In the above formula (2), the group represented by R8 and R9 has the same meaning as the group represented by R and R7 in the above formula (i), and the preferred range is also the same. Q2 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon hydrazine which may have a substituent (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, for example, a sulphate or a succinyl group), or an aromatic aryl group which may have a substituent. The substituent represented by the group represented by j q2 may have the same meaning as the substituent which the group represented by the above formula ()) may have, and the preferred range also represents a ring group and the above formula (1) In Q1: the filaments have the same meaning, and the preferred range is also the same. The pyridine group, the base of the group is a stupid group, a naphthyl group, an anthracene group or a group which may have a substituent or Preferably, the sulphonyl group is an integer f which may have a valence group, wherein 'n' represents an integer of 1 to 4', preferably 丨~3, · 尺为为1 or 2, and particularly preferably 2. The base is (stone HQ3 represents a divalent aromatic extension which may have a substituent, arbitrarily ~20, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, a gamma stilbene group, etc.) or may have a substitution.:::column il When the integer is 2 ?, a plurality of Q3 phase loops are phenyl groups. V (4) interesting bases have a phenyl group, and the naphthyl group does not ask for a good two-ring two miscellaneous table: 2. Gui is a Cher atom, sulfur Atoms «External originals; ί Atoms Although the aromatic alicyclic heterocyclic group has an atom of carbon in the form of 19 201113332 -----r, x, the atoms may be the same or different. Specific examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include an acridinyl group, a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, a benzodiazepine group, an o-benzidine group, and a thiazole group. Among them, the special one is ° 塞 幷 幷 11 σ 坐 sitting base. Examples of the substituent which the group represented by Q3 may have include an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a # atom atom, an amine group which may have a substituent, and may have a substituent. a mercaptoamine group and a cyano group. The substituent which the group represented by Q3 may have is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, more preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, may have a substituent The alkoxy group and the _ atom are particularly preferably a fluorenyl group or a halogen atom. The phenyl group represented by Q is a phenyl or anthracene group which may have a substituent, and more preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent. τ The compound represented by the above formula (1) and formula (2) may have a t-bonding group as a substituent. If it has a polymerizable group, the hard film property is optimized, so that the car is good. Examples of the polymerizable group include an unsaturated polymerizable group, an epoxy group and an aziridine group, preferably an unsaturated polymerizable group, and particularly preferably an ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable group include an acryloyl group and an anthracenyl fluorenyl group. The polymerizable group is preferably at the molecular end, that is, in the formula (丨), preferably as a substituent of R6 and/or R7 and a substituent of Qi; in the formula (2), preferably as R8 and / or a substituent of the ruthenium 9 and a substituent of Q2 exist. Among the compounds represented by the above formula (1), a compound represented by the following formula (3) 201113332 is particularly preferred. [化8]

R〈0 R11 )==&lt; R15 :N^-NWa R14 R12 R13 (3 ) 式中,R1G〜R13分別獨立表示氫原子或烷基;R14表示 氫原子或甲基;R15及R16分別獨立表示可具有取代基的烧 基;B1表示氮原子或可具有取代基的碳原子;L2表示偶氮 基、醯氧基(-C(=〇)〇_)、氧基羰基(_oc(=〇)_)或亞胺 基。 上述通式(3)中’ R1()〜R13所表示的烷基與上述通式 (1)中的R1〜R4所表示的烷基為相同含意,較佳範圍亦 相同。 上述通式(3)中,R15及R16所表示的烧基與上述通 式(1)中的R6及R7所表示的烷基為相同含意,較佳範圍 亦相同。R15與R16、R15與R11、R16與R13亦可彼此連結而 形成環結構。 上述通式(3)中,R14表示氫原子或曱基,較佳為氮 原子。 上述通式(3)中’ B1為碳原子時可具有的取代基與 上述通式(1)中Q1可具有的取代基為相同含意,較二^ 圍亦相同。 上述通式(3)中,L2表示偶氮基、酿氧基、氧義广 21 201113332 ίίϊ胺基’ ^佳為偶氮基或酿氧基、氧基幾基,更佳為 所表所表示的化合物中’特佳為下述通式⑷ [化9]R<0 R11 )==&lt; R15 : N^-NWa R14 R12 R13 (3 ) wherein R1G to R13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; R14 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; and R15 and R16 each independently represent An alkyl group which may have a substituent; B1 represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom which may have a substituent; L2 represents an azo group, a decyloxy group (-C(=〇)〇_), an oxycarbonyl group (_oc(=〇) _) or imine group. The alkyl group represented by 'R1() to R13 in the above formula (3) has the same meaning as the alkyl group represented by R1 to R4 in the above formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same. In the above formula (3), the alkyl group represented by R15 and R16 has the same meaning as the alkyl group represented by R6 and R7 in the above formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same. R15 and R16, R15 and R11, and R16 and R13 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. In the above formula (3), R14 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, preferably a nitrogen atom. In the above formula (3), the substituent which the B1 is a carbon atom may have the same meaning as the substituent which the Q1 in the above formula (1) may have, and is the same as the same. In the above formula (3), L2 represents an azo group, a methoxy group, an oxo group, and the like is preferably an azo group or a methoxy group or an oxy group. Among the compounds, 'excellent is the following general formula (4) [Chemical 9]

R?7 r18R?7 r18

R19 R20R19 R20

R21 / i R22 (4) 中’ R〜R2Q分別獨立表示氫原子或取代基;R21 及R分別獨立表示可具有取代基的烧基;¥表示氮原子 或可具有取代基的碳原子;m表示i或2,當時, 兩個R17〜R20可分別相同亦可不同。 上述通式(4)中,R17〜R2°所表示的烧基與上述通式 ⑴中的Q3所表示的芳香族烴基可具有的取代基為相同 含意’較佳範圍亦相同。 上述通式(4)中,Rip所表示的烧基與上述通 式(2)中的R8及R9所表示的烷基為相同含意,較佳範圍 亦相同。R21與R22亦可彼此連結而形成環結構。 上述通式(4)中,m表示1或2,較佳為表示2 上述通式(4)中,B2為碳原子時可具有的取代基與 上述通式(2)中Q2可具有的取代基為相同含意,較佳^ 圍亦相同。 上述通式(4)所表示的化合物中,特佳為下述通式(5) 22 201113332 所表示的化合物。[化 10] — R^,R24 R27 R28 R25 R26 R29R21 / i R22 (4) wherein 'R~R2Q each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; R21 and R each independently represent a group which may have a substituent; ¥ represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom which may have a substituent; i or 2, at the time, the two R17 to R20 may be the same or different. In the above formula (4), the alkyl group represented by R17 to R2° is the same as the substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by Q3 in the above formula (1) may have. The preferred range is also the same. In the above formula (4), the alkyl group represented by Rip has the same meaning as the alkyl group represented by R8 and R9 in the above formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same. R21 and R22 may also be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. In the above formula (4), m represents 1 or 2, and preferably represents 2 in the above formula (4), a substituent which may be possessed when B2 is a carbon atom and a substituent which may be possessed by Q2 in the above formula (2) The base is the same meaning, and the preferred one is the same. Among the compounds represented by the above formula (4), a compound represented by the following formula (5) 22 201113332 is particularly preferred. [化 10] — R^, R24 R27 R28 R25 R26 R29

R31 t R32 (5) 式中,R〜R分別獨立表示氫原子或取代基; 及R32分別獨立表示可具有取代基的烷基;B3表示氮原子 或可具有取代基的碳原子。 上述狀⑴中,表科絲與上述通式 中的Q所表示的芳香族烴基可具有的取代基為相同 3思’較佳範圍亦相同。 上述通式⑴t ’R、r32所表示的絲與上述通 ^ 2)中的以及尺9所表示的烷基為相同 亦相同。护與心亦可彼此連結而形成環結構。車乂佳祀圍 上述通式(5)巾’ B3為碳原子時可具有的 _n(2)切2可具有的取代基為相同含意,較i範 -不===1)所表示的化合物的具體例, [化 11] 23 201113332R31 t R32 (5) wherein R to R each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; and R32 each independently represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent; and B3 represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom which may have a substituent. In the above-mentioned form (1), the group of the cobs and the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by Q in the above formula may have the same substituents. The filaments represented by the above formulas (1) t'R and r32 are the same as those of the alkyl group represented by the above-mentioned formula (2) and the ruler 9. The care and the heart can also be joined to each other to form a ring structure.乂 乂 祀 上述 上述 上述 上述 上述 上述 上述 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B Specific examples of the compound, [Chem. 11] 23 201113332

24 201113332 〇\ X TT o X \〇 u m K u -OC4H9 b u o z u % Vu m 1 C?V u O' X ^- 1 0 々 u On X u as 1 On 1 σ' X 1 On X 1 0^ X 1 〇v 1 0 u O' X 1 0 0 0 1 O' X 寸 〇 U^, fN u ΙΛ X &lt;N u ΙΛ (N u «Λ X &lt;N u W1 X 1 Vl c3^ « w* X &lt;N o •Λ X 1 «Λ (N u »Λ X 1 «Λ X &lt;N u E X u P〇 K u DC 0 X u m X u 0 (N X u (N E u II PC 0 0 u 0 &lt;N X K u X X 0 iN X u II X 0 0 u 0 fN X u (N X u in X ^31 ^(N 1 VI E &lt;N 0 ir» X fN u *n X rs u «r&gt; &lt;N u Wi c3* 1 o X fN u •Λ (N u V) X (N u «Λ&gt; &lt;N u (N o VI X (N o «Λ K ^31 1 •Λ X fN u X (N u v&gt; X 1 V» X fN u m a: u u 1 X u ro u m ffi CJ m u X u (N pa u II X u 0 u 0 rN X u &lt;N X u v&gt; X &lt;N u X (N u ir&gt; K rs u •Λ X &lt;N u *n X &lt;N u *ri X (N u •rt ^(N 1 X 1 1 X 1 1 X X 1 X 1 X 1 K X X 1 X K 1 X 1 K 1 K 1 m X u eci D: 1 X 1 1 X i X 1 E X K 1 X 1 X 1 K 1 X X 1 X K 1 X X X 1 1 tc 1 X 1 X K 今 K 1 X x X X 1 X X K X I • 1 u 0 1 X 1 E X K E PC X 1 X 1 X K 1 1 X 1 X X X 1 1 K X 1 m K u 0 1 d: 1 1 X 1 1 K X 1 1 X X X 1 1 X 1 X 1 X 1 X 1 X X 1 K 1 X u ϋπ X 0 1 X u 0 1 X X d Z 1 &lt; CN &lt; &lt;: 寸 &lt;: in &lt; &lt; 卜 &lt; 00 &lt; 〇\ &lt;c 0 5 1 &lt; (N 1 &lt; ro 1 &lt; &lt; &lt; 10 1 &lt; V〇 1 &lt; 卜 1 &lt; 00 t &lt; as 1 &lt; &lt; (N &lt; CN CN 1 &lt; m (N 1 &lt; &lt; (N 1 &lt; CN &lt; 201113332 [化 12] C4H9—^ ^-N=N- S —^ N /—\、/=n〇n ^6^13 (A-27) C4H924 201113332 〇\ X TT o X \〇um K u -OC4H9 buozu % Vu m 1 C?V u O' X ^- 1 0 々u On X u as 1 On 1 σ' X 1 On X 1 0^ X 1 〇v 1 0 u O' X 1 0 0 0 1 O' X inch 〇 U^, fN u ΙΛ X &lt;N u ΙΛ (N u «Λ X &lt;N u W1 X 1 Vl c3^ « w* X &lt;N o •Λ X 1 «Λ (N u »Λ X 1 «Λ X &lt;N u EX u P〇K u DC 0 X um X u 0 (NX u (NE u II PC 0 0 u 0 &lt;NXK u XX 0 iN X u II X 0 0 u 0 fN X u (NX u in X ^31 ^(N 1 VI E &lt;N 0 ir» X fN u *n X rs u «r&gt;&lt; N u Wi c3* 1 o X fN u •Λ (N u V) X (N u «Λ&gt;&lt;N u (N o VI X (N o «Λ K ^31 1 •Λ X fN u X (N u v&gt; X 1 V» X fN uma: uu 1 X u ro um ffi CJ mu X u (N pa u II X u 0 u 0 rN X u &lt;NX u v&gt; X &lt;N u X (N u Ir&gt; K rs u •Λ X &lt;N u *n X &lt;N u *ri X (N u •rt ^(N 1 X 1 1 X 1 1 XX 1 X 1 X 1 KXX 1 XK 1 X 1 K 1 K 1 m X u eci D: 1 X 1 1 X i X 1 EXK 1 X 1 X 1 K 1 XX 1 XK 1 XXX 1 1 tc 1 X 1 XK Today K 1 X x XX 1 XXKXI • 1 u 0 1 X 1 EXKE PC X 1 X 1 XK 1 1 X 1 XXX 1 1 KX 1 m K u 0 1 d: 1 1 X 1 1 KX 1 1 XXX 1 1 X 1 X 1 X 1 X 1 XX 1 K 1 X u ϋπ X 0 1 X u 0 1 XX d Z 1 &lt; CN &lt;&lt;: inch &lt;: in &lt;&lt; 卜 &lt; 00 &lt; 〇\ &lt;c 0 5 1 &lt; (N 1 &lt; ro 1 &lt;&lt;&lt; 10 1 &lt; V〇1 &lt; 卜1 &lt; 00 t &lt; as 1 &lt;&lt; (N &lt; CN CN &lt; m (N 1 &lt;&lt; (N 1 &lt; CN &lt; 201113332 [12 ] C4H9—^ ^-N=N- S —^ N /—\,/=n〇n ^6^13 (A-27) C4H9

^〇^n=n-〇C •ch3 (A-28) c4h9- /〇^3_ν=νΛΧ3^ν=ν^3&gt;_ν^η5 (A-29) P^5 I 、c2h5 (A-30) [化 13]^〇^n=n-〇C •ch3 (A-28) c4h9- /〇^3_ν=νΛΧ3^ν=ν^3&gt;_ν^η5 (A-29) P^5 I, c2h5 (A-30) [Chemistry 13]

p2^5 c2h5 C2H5P2^5 c2h5 C2H5

-〇^ν=νΛΧ5ν)_ν=νΗΟκν\ (A-33) [化 14] 26 201113332-〇^ν=νΛΧ5ν)_ν=νΗΟκν\ (A-33) [Chem. 14] 26 201113332

_/=\ &gt; N=N—&lt;\ /)—N 、f =\ p2^5 、糾 (A-34)_/=\ &gt;N=N—&lt;\ /)—N , f =\ p2^5 , Correction (A-34)

yN=N^^_N:yN=N^^_N:

C4H9—N=NC4H9—N=N

c2h5 、c2h5 (A-35) 'C2H5 (A-36) [化 15] O /=\ R6 岡^&gt;N:r7C2h5, c2h5 (A-35) 'C2H5 (A-36) [Chem. 15] O /=\ R6 冈^&gt;N:r7

No. A R3 R° R/ R A-37 S -H -C2H5 -c2h5 -C4H9 A-38 S -H -C2H5 -c2h5 -C7H,5 A-39 s -H -C2H5 -C2H5 -CN A-40 s -H -C2H5 -C2H5 -Br A-41 s -ch3 -C2H, •c2h5 -C4H9 A-42 s -H -ch3 -ch3 -C4H9 A-43 0 -H -C2H5 -C2H5 -C4H9 [化 16]No. A R3 R° R/ R A-37 S -H -C2H5 -c2h5 -C4H9 A-38 S -H -C2H5 -c2h5 -C7H,5 A-39 s -H -C2H5 -C2H5 -CN A-40 s -H -C2H5 -C2H5 -Br A-41 s -ch3 -C2H, •c2h5 -C4H9 A-42 s -H -ch3 -ch3 -C4H9 A-43 0 -H -C2H5 -C2H5 -C4H9 [Chem.16]

〇v S-N /◦2Η5 j c2h5 c2h5--^.(A-44) 〇v C2H50 -o 's h3c =\ p2H5 C2H5 /==\ } (A-45) 27 201113332 [化Π]〇v S-N /◦2Η5 j c2h5 c2h5--^.(A-44) 〇v C2H50 -o 's h3c =\ p2H5 C2H5 /==\ } (A-45) 27 201113332 [Chemistry]

ν=ν^-{7==ν^-{7

No. R0 R/ R A-46 -c2h5 -c2H5 -C4H9 , A-47 -C2H5 -C2H5 -OC4H9 A-48 -C2H5 -C2H5 -cf3 A-49 -C2H5 -C2H5 -F A-50 -ch3 -ch3 -c4h9 [化 18]No. R0 R/ R A-46 -c2h5 -c2H5 -C4H9 , A-47 -C2H5 -C2H5 -OC4H9 A-48 -C2H5 -C2H5 -cf3 A-49 -C2H5 -C2H5 -F A-50 -ch3 -ch3 -c4h9 [化18]

/=\ 戶 A J^&gt;Nc2h5 (A-51)/=\ Household A J^&gt;Nc2h5 (A-51)

/=\ C2H5 (A-52) C4H9/=\ C2H5 (A-52) C4H9

(A-53) 以下,列舉上述通式(2)所表示的化合物的具體例, 但不限定於以下的具體例。 [化 19](A-53) Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (2) are listed below, but are not limited to the following specific examples. [Chem. 19]

R24 R23 28 201113332R24 R23 28 201113332

No. R23 R24 R B-l -H -H -C4H9 B-2 -H -ch3 -c4h9 B-3 -ch3 -H -C4H9 B-4 -CH, -ch3 -C4H9 B-5 -ch3 -H -c7H15 B-6 -ch3 -H -OC4H9 B-7 -CH^ -H -CF3 B-8 -ch3 -H -OH B-9 -ch3 -H -CN B-10 -ch3 -H -N〇2 B-ll -ch3 -H -F B-12 -ch3 -H -Br B-13 -ch3 -H -INo. R23 R24 R Bl -H -H -C4H9 B-2 -H -ch3 -c4h9 B-3 -ch3 -H -C4H9 B-4 -CH, -ch3 -C4H9 B-5 -ch3 -H -c7H15 B -6 -ch3 -H -OC4H9 B-7 -CH^ -H -CF3 B-8 -ch3 -H -OH B-9 -ch3 -H -CN B-10 -ch3 -H -N〇2 B-ll -ch3 -H -F B-12 -ch3 -H -Br B-13 -ch3 -H -I

[化 20][Chem. 20]

No. RiZ B-14 -H -H -H B-15 -H -H -ch3 B-16 -H -CH^ -H B-17 -ch3 -H -H B-18 -ch3 -ch3 -H B-19 -ch3 -ch3 -ch3 [化 21] C4H9No. RiZ B-14 -H -H -H B-15 -H -H -ch3 B-16 -H -CH^ -H B-17 -ch3 -H -H B-18 -ch3 -ch3 -H B -19 -ch3 -ch3 -ch3 [Chem. 21] C4H9

=N=N

No. R8 Ry B-20 -(¾ -CH2CH2OH B-21 -CH, -ch2ch2och3 B-22 -c2h5 -ch2ch2och3 29 201113332 [化 22] 〇Cs&gt;~n=No. R8 Ry B-20 -(3⁄4 -CH2CH2OH B-21 -CH, -ch2ch2och3 B-22 -c2h5 -ch2ch2och3 29 201113332 [Chem. 22] 〇Cs&gt;~n=

)H (B-23) (B-24))H (B-23) (B-24)

(B-25) P-i /)-N-W-(\ (B-26) ]-^r〇 〇2H5' (B-27) 本發明的上述通式(1)及通式(3)所表示的化合物 可依照日本專利特開昭58-38756號、日本專利特開平 1-70585號、及日本專利特開平M46960號的各公報中記 載的方法而容易地合成;並且,上述通式(2)、通式(4) 及通式(5 )所表示的化合物可依照j〇lirnai 0f Materials(B-25) Pi /)-NW-(\ (B-26) ]-^r〇〇2H5' (B-27) The compound represented by the above formula (1) and formula (3) of the present invention It is easy to synthesize according to the method described in each of the publications of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The compound represented by formula (4) and formula (5) can be used according to j〇lirnai 0f Materials

Chemistry (1999),9(11),2755-2763、Tetrahedron (2005),61, 903-918及後述的實例i〇中記載的方法而容易地合成。 關於上述通式(1)、通式(2)、通式(3)、通式(4) 及通式(5)所表示的化合物的液晶性,較佳為於1〇。〇〜 3〇〇°C、更佳為於l〇〇°C〜250°C下表現出向列液晶相。 201113332 關於上述通式〇)、通式(2)、通式(3)、通式(4) 及通式(5)所表示的液晶性偶氮色素,由其分子結構表明, 分子形狀為平板且直線性佳,具有剛直的核部分及柔軟的 側鏈部分,且於分子長軸末端具有極性的胺基,故具有容 易表現出液晶性、特別是向列液晶性的性質。進而,由於 分子的平面性高,故發揮強的分子間相互作用,亦具有分 子彼此容易形成締合狀態的性質。 、含有本發明的上述通式(1)、通式(2)、通式(3)、 通式(4)及通式(5)所表示的液晶性偶氮色素的二色性 色素組=物不僅藉由締合形成而於可見光的廣波長區域中 表現出rfj的吸光度H含有該色素驗成物具有向列 液晶性’故例如藉由經過對經摩擦的配向膜表面的塗佈等 的積層製程’可實現高次的分子配向狀態。因此,若將含 有上述通^(1)通式(2)、通式(3)、通式(4)及通式 (5)所表示的液晶性偶氮色素的二色性色素組成物用作光 吸收異方性膜,财製作偏光雜高的偏光子。 本發明中、,上述通式⑴、通式⑴、通式⑴、通 工(4)及通式(5)所表示的液晶性偶氮色素可單獨使用 -種’亦可併用兩種以上。另外、亦 通式(2)、通式(3)、通 μ、 晶性偶I色辛式)及通式()所表示的液 r偶认素起而使用該些以外的化 素化合物的例子可列舉.卜、+.、3+ 切八他巴 m、J + .上述通式(1)、通式(2)、通式 外的偶及通式(5)所表示的液晶性偶氮色素以 偶亂糸色素,化青(cyanine)系色素,偶氮金屬錯合 31 201113332 物,酞菁(phthalocyanine)系色素,吡喃鑌(pyryiium) 糸色素’硫代°比喃錄系色素,奠鐵(azulenium)系色素, 方酸鹽(squarylium)系色素,萘醌系色素,三苯基曱燒 系色素及三烯丙基曱烷系色素等。其他色素化合物亦是較 佳為液晶性。 其中,本發明的上述二色性色素組成物的特徵在於不 含液晶性的非著色性化合物。先前,提出了由液晶性化合 物及調配至其中的二色性色素所形成的所謂賓_主型的偏 光子,但所s胃負主型(GH)的組成物的分子配向與本發明 的二色性色素組成物相比較更差,僅可獲得二色比低的偏 光子。 上述二色性色素組成物中、上述通式(丨)、通式(2)、 通,⑴、通式⑷及通式(5)所表示的化合物的合計 含量較佳為色素的80 wt%以上,特佳為9〇 wt%以上。上 限值為1GG wt% ’即’所含有的色素當然可全部為上述預 定的液晶性偶氮色素。 .另外,將溶劑除外的總固體成分中的上述通式(1) =11)、通式⑴、通式⑷及通式(5)所表示糾 e物的含量較佳為2〇 wt%以上,特佳為3〇 4以上。_ 限值並無制關,即,亦可為⑽爲,但於含有下i ^界等其他添加劑的態樣下’為了獲得該些; 二色性色素組成物巾所含的將溶劑除外的總_ 液晶性偶氮色素的合計含量較佳為% 一 乂下更佳為90 wt%以下。 32 201113332 -----Γ」 再者’對於上述所綱GH型的偏光子㈣,形成時 所用的組成物通常於總固體成分中含有8Gwt%以上的成 為主體的液晶化合物,客體的色素的含量為5 wt%〜15 Wt%左右。 非液晶性的高分子(黏合聚合物): 上述二色性色素組成物亦可含有非液晶性高分子。非 液晶性高分子亦可為將含有單體的上述二色性色素组成物 塗佈於基板或配向膜上後,將單體聚合而形成的高分子。 上述二色性組成物十可添加的點合聚合物的例可列 舉:聚丙烯腈、聚丙烯酸@旨、聚丙烯酿胺等的 脂,聚苯乙缚樹脂’聚乙烯基乙醯縮醛 acetoacetal)、聚乙烯基丁祕等的聚乙烤基縮酸系樹脂, 乙基纖維素(ethyl cellul〇se )、羥基乙基纖維素、乙基羥基 纖維素、減丙基纖維素、乙基誠乙基纖維素、甲基^ 維素、乙酸纖維素、乙酸丁酸纖維素、乙酸丙酸纖維素、 硝酸纖維素等的改質纖維素系樹脂,硝基纖維素、乙基羥 基乙基纖維素及乙基纖維素等的纖維素系樹脂,或聚胺基 酯樹脂,聚醯胺樹脂,聚酯樹脂,聚碳酸酯樹脂,^ 氧,脂,酚樹脂,環氧樹脂,各種彈性體等。該些化合物 可單獨使用,亦可將該些化合物混合或共聚合而使用。 非液晶性的黏合聚合物特佳為丙烯酸系聚合物(以丙 烯酉欠系共聚物、本乙烯系共聚物為主鏈的樹脂),且特佳為 可溶於有機溶劑中。 丙烯酸系聚合物的製造時,例如可應用公知的利用自 33 201113332 由基,合法的方法。利用自由基聚合法進行製造時的溫 ^壓力、自由基起始劑的種類及其量、溶劑的種類等的 聚0條件可由本領域技術人員容易地設定,亦能以實驗方 式來決定條件。 上述丙稀酸系聚合物的具體的共聚合成分可列舉:不 飽寿敌酉文(例如(甲基)丙稀酸、丁稀酸、依康酸、順丁婦 一酸及^丁烯二酸)、芳香族乙烯基化合物(例如苯乙烯、 甲基苯乙烯、乙歸基甲苯、2-乙稀基吼咬、4-乙烯基〇比 °定、N_乙稀基咪唑等)、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯(例如(甲基) 丙稀酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(曱 丙稀酸異丁酯、(曱基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯等)、(曱基)丙烯酸烷基芳基 醋(例如(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等)、(甲基)丙烯酸取代烷基酯 (例如(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯(glycidyl (meth)acrylate)、(甲基)丙烯酸_2_羥基乙酯等)、羧酸乙烯 酉曰(例如乙酸乙稀g旨及丙酸乙晞醋)、氰化乙稀(例如(甲 基)丙蝉腈及α—氣丙烯腈)、及脂肪族共軛二烯(例如1,3-丁二,及異戊二烯)。該些共聚合成分中,較佳為不飽和羧 酸、芳香族乙烯基化合物、(曱基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(曱基) 丙烯酸烧基芳基酯及叛酸乙烯酯。此處,(曱基)丙烯酸是 將丙烯酸與甲基丙稀酸合併的總稱,以下,(曱基)丙烯酸 酯亦同樣為丙烯酸酯與甲基丙烯酸酯的總稱。 進而,亦可列舉以下化合物作為較佳例:於側鏈上具 有(甲基)丙烯醯基的丙烯酸系聚合物、或含有巨單體(例 34 201113332 乙烯巨單體、聚曱基丙烯酸曱酯巨單體、聚乙二醇 、聚丙二醇單(曱基)丙_請、聚乙二醇 1拉Γ醇早(甲基)丙稀酸s旨等)作為共聚合成分的丙稀酸 糸接枝聚合物。 &quot;亥些化合物可單獨使用—種或將兩種以上組合使用。 上述一色性色素組成物中,將溶劑除外的總固體成分 的上述非液aB性兩分子的含量較佳為〇 5 wt%〜9〇 wt°/〇 ’更&gt;[圭為1 wt%〜8〇 wt%,特佳為5㈣〜。 具有自由基聚合性基的非液晶性多官能單體: 、本發明的光吸收異方性膜的形成時所用的二色性色素 組成物幢為含有具有自由絲合性基的雜晶性的多官 能單體。 一本巧明中,所謂「具有自由基聚合性基的非液晶性的 多=能單體」’是指成長活性種自由地進行聚合反應的多官 能單體,且該單體為非液晶性。該多官能單雜佳為於分 子内具有2個以上的雙鍵的多官能單體,特佳為乙烯性(脂 肪族性)不飽和雙鍵,具體可列舉··烯烴、二烯、丙烯酸 酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、不飽和多元羧酸的二酯、α,Ρ_不飽和 羧酸的醯胺、不飽和腈、苯乙烯及其衍生物、乙烯基酯、 乙烯基醚等的具有官能基的多官能單體。分子内的雙鍵的 個數較佳為2〜20,更佳為2〜15,進而佳為2〜6。多官 能單體較佳為分子内具有2個以上的羥基的多元醇與不飽 和脂肪酸的酯。不飽和脂肪酸的例子中包括丙烯酸、甲基 丙稀酸、順丁稀二酸及依康酸,較佳為丙烯酸及甲基丙稀 35 201113332 =醇刀T内具有:個以上的經基的多元醇較佳為四元以上 物、或二兀以上的醇的低聚物。低聚 酉旨鍵或胺基曱_鍵將多^醇連結 ;;^ 為具有藉由醚鍵將多元醇連結而成的 二:佳 上述多官能單體特佳為可溶於有機溶劑中。 物 此種單體可列舉沸點於常壓下為则度以上的化合 上述夕g月b單體中,二官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯例如可列 舉·乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(ethylene ^c〇i 叫meth)acrylate)、1,6_己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸醋、i 9壬二 醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四乙二 醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、雙苯氧基乙醇第二丙烯酸酯 (bisphenoxy ethanol fluorine diacrylate)等,其市售品例 如可列舉:Aronix M-210、Aronix M-240、Aronix M-6200 (東亞合成化學工業(股)製造),KAYARAD HDDA、 KAYARAD HX-220、KAYARAD R-604 (曰本4匕藥(股) 製造)’ Biscoat 260、Biscoat 312、Biscoat 335HP (大阪有 機化學工業(股)製造)等。 三官能以上的(甲基)丙烯酸醋例如可列舉:三經甲基 丙烧二(甲基)丙稀酸S旨(trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate )、季戊四醇三(曱基)丙烯酸酯 (pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate), 磷酸三((曱基)丙烯醯 氧基乙基)酯(tri((meth)acryloyloxy ethyl)phosphate )、季戊 四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(曱基)丙烯酸酯、二 36 201113332 —χ— 季戊四醇六(曱基)丙烯酸酯等,其市售品例如可列舉: Aronix M-309 ' Aronix M-400 ' Aronix M-405 &gt; Aronix M-450、Aronix M-7100、Aronix M-8030、Aronix M-8060 (均為商品名,東亞合成化學工業(股)製造),KAYARAD TMPTA、KAYARAD DPHA、KAYARAD DPCA-20、 KAYARAD DPCA-30、KAYARAD DPCA-60、KAYARAD DPCA-120(均為商品名,曰本化藥(股)製造)’Biscoat 295、Biscoat 300、Biscoat 360、Biscoat GPT、Biscoat 3PA、 Biscoat400 (均為商品名,大阪有機化學工業(股)製造) 等。 關於進一步的單體及低聚物的例子,二官能或三官能 以上的(曱基)丙烯酸酯例如包括:聚乙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、聚丙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三羥曱基乙烷三丙烯酸 酯、三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、二季戊四醇五(曱基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚 (trimethylolpropane tri(acryloylxy propyl)ether )、異三聚氰 酸二(丙稀酿氧基乙基)醋(tri(acryl〇ylxy ethyl)isocyanurate)、三聚氰酸三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、甘 油二(甲基)丙稀酸醋(glyCerine tri(meth)acrylate)、鱗酸三 ((曱基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、二季戊四醇五(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯;對三羥甲基丙烷或甘 油等的多官能醇加成環氧乙烧(ethylene oxide )或環氧丙 烷後進行(曱基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物等的多官能丙烯 37 201113332 酸酯或多官能曱基丙稀酸酯;聚喊系多元醇的聚(甲義)丙 烯酸酯、聚酯系多元醇的聚(曱基)丙烯酸酯及聚胺基曱酸 酯系多元醇的聚(曱基)丙烯酸酯。 夂 由多元醇與丙烯酸的酯所形成的單體是由三菱麗陽 (股)(商品名:Diabeam UK-4154 )或日本化藥(股)(商 品名:KYARAD.DPHA、SR355)所市售。 δ亥些一官能或二官能以上的(甲基)丙稀酸g旨可單彳蜀或 組合使用,亦可與單官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯組合使用。一 單官能的(甲基)丙豨酸酯例如可列舉:(曱基)内歸酸 -2-羥基乙酯(2-hydroxyethyl(meth)acrylate )、卡必醇(甲美) 丙烯酸酯(carbitol(meth)acrylate)、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯 (isobornyl(meth)acrylate)、(曱基)丙烯酸·3_曱氧基丁酉旨、 2-(曱基)丙細酿氧基乙基-2-說基丙基鄰苯二甲酸西匕 (2-(meth)acryloxyethyl-2-hydroxypropyl phthalate )、聚乙 二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、乙二醇(曱基)丙烯酸酯等,其市售 品例如可列舉:Aronix Μ-1 (Π、Aronix Μ-11 卜 Aronix Μ-114 (東亞合成化學工業(股)製造),KAYARADTC-ll〇s、 KAYARADTC-120S (曰本化藥(股)製造),Biscoat 158、 Biscoat2311 (大阪有機化學工業(股)製造)。 如後文將述’製作偏光子時’較佳為將液晶性偶氮色 素的配向狀態固定’關於固定方法,利用聚合反應來將色 素的配向固定。聚合反應包括使用熱聚合起始劑的熱聚合 反應及使用光聚合起始劑的光聚合反應。 38 201113332 上述二色性色素組成物中,將溶劑除外的總固體成分 中的上述液晶性偶氮色素與非液晶性的聚合性多官能單體 的總含量較佳為5G wt%以上,特佳為7G wt%以上。 聚合起始劑: 為了使含有上述自由基聚合性多官能單體的組成物進 行硬化反應,較佳為含有聚合起始劑。 聚合起始劑可根據光聚合、熱聚合而合適地使用公知 的聚&amp;起始兒丨,例如,光聚合起始劑的例子中包括:α幾 基化合物(美國專利2367661號、美國專利2367670號的 各說明書記載)、醇酮醚(acyl〇inether)(美國專利2448828 號說明書s己載)、α-烴取代芳香族醇酮化合物(美國專利 2722512號說明書記載)、多核醌化合物(美國專利3〇46127 號、美國專利2951758號的各說明書記載)、三芳基咪唑二 聚物(triarylimidazole dimer)與對胺基苯基酮(p_amin〇 phenylketone )的組合(美國專利3 549367號說明書記载)、 吖咬(acridine)及吩嗓(phenazine)化合物(曰本專利特 開昭60-105667號公報、美國專利4239850號說明書記載) 及噻二嗤化合物(美國專利4212970號說明書記載)。 光聚合起始劑的使用量較佳為將溶劑除外的總固體成 分的 0.01 wt%〜20 wt% ’ 更佳為 1 wt%〜1〇 wt〇/0。 關於光聚合起始劑的例子、光聚合起始劑的使用量及 用以進彳于?IX合的光照射能篁的值,亦可分別將日本專利特 開2001-91741號公報的段落[0050]〜段落[〇〇51]的記載應 用於本發明中。 “ 39 201113332. 其他添加劑: 曰本發,中使㈣上述二色性色素組成物中 ,除了上述 =曰曰t色素以及視需要而添加的非液晶性的多官能單 體、4合起始劑及非液晶性黏合聚合物的他以外,亦可調 =併用f機 &gt;谷劑或任意的添加劑。添加劑的例子為抗風紋 =二劑、用以控制配向臈的傾角(光吸收異方性膜/ 晶性色素的傾角)的添加劑、用以控制 的傾角(光吸收異方性膜/空氣界面處的色素的傾 添加劑,糖類’具有防黴、抗菌及殺菌的至少任-功月&quot;的化學劑等。以下,就各添加劑加以說明。 界面活性劑(抗風紋劑): ^發日种_的上述二紐色録成物亦可含有界面 '2 ^-τ λ f的風,,文等而添加的。該界面活性劑 Ϊ二:t地使用氣系聚合物。所使用的氟系聚合物只要 ^ ^抑制色素的傾角變化或配向,則並無特別限制。可 用作界面活性劑的氣聚合物的例 號公報'曰本專利第_-號二= $^開2购33852號公報、日本專利特開聰遍δ 專利特願祕193565號公報中有所記載。 “古系聚合物併用’可不發生不均而進行顯示 善。可、圖像的顯不。進而,排斥性等的塗佈性亦得到改 就不抑制上述偶氮色素的配向的觀點而言,為了防止 201113332 色素而舌性劑的添加量相對於上述液晶性偶氡 10 W I車乂佳為0,1 Wt%〜1〇 Wt%左右’更佳為〇.5 Wt% 〜胸t%左右,進而佳》〇.5秦5爾右。 防斥劑: 明中使用的上述二色性組成物中,亦可添加高分 =物作為用以防止塗佈時的排斥性的材料。用於該目 、、二刀子化5物只要與該液晶性偶氮色素具有相容性, ^不曰明顯抑制色素的則變化或配向,則並無特別限 1可用作防斥劑的聚合物的例子於日本專利特開平 8-95030说公報中有記載,特別好的具體的聚合物例 舉、截維素Sa類。纖維素自旨的例子可列舉乙酸纖維素、乙峻 丙酸纖維素、羥基丙基纖維素及乙酸丁酸纖維素。 以不抑制上述液晶性偶氮色素的配向的方式而用於防 止排斥性的目的之聚合物的添加量相對於上述液晶性偶氣 色素而通$較佳為〇 1 wt〇/。〜1〇 wt%的範圍,更佳為在〇 1 Wt%〜8 Wt%的範圍内,進而佳為在G」wt%〜5 wt範 圍内。 配向膜傾角控制劑: 上述一色性色素組成物中,亦可添加對配向膜側的上 述液晶性偶氮色素分子的傾角加以控制的添加劑。具有此 種作用的添加劑的例子中包括於分子内具有極性基與非極 性基兩方的化合物。分子内具有極性基與非極性基兩方的 化合物可列舉以下化合物作為較佳例:pg_〇H、p〇_c〇〇h、 Ρ0·〇_Ρ〇、p〇_NH2、p〇_NH_p0、p0 SH、p〇_s_p0、p0 c〇 p0、 41 201113332 P -COO-P0 . P°-CONH-P° Λ P°-C0NHC0-P° . P°-S〇3H ' P -S〇3- p° . P°-S02NH-P° . P°-S02NHS02-P° . p〇.c=N_p〇、 H〇-P(-OP〇)2 . (H〇.)2P〇-〇p〇 . p(.〇p0)3 ^ H〇.p〇(_〇p0 ^ (J^PO_OP〇、P0(_0pV p0_N〇2 及 p〇 cN 以及該些化合 、有機鹽。此處,有機鹽除了上述化合物的有機鹽(例 ' _鹽' 石黃酸鹽等)“外’亦可較佳地採用σ比咬 孤等。上述分子内具有極性基與非極性基兩方的化合物 中,較佳為 P〇-〇H、p0_C〇〇H、p0_〇_p0、p0 NH2、p0_s〇3H、 Η〇-Ρ°(·〇Ρν (Ha)2Pa0pG、P0(_0pG)3 或該些化合物的 有機鹽。此處,上述各妒表示非極性基,當有多個PQ時, 可分別相同亦可不同。 p°例如可列舉以下的基作為例子:絲(較佳為碳數 1 30的直鏈、分支、環狀的經取代或未經取代的烷基)、 烯基(較佳為碳數1〜30的直鏈、分支、環狀的經取代或 t經取代的烯基)、炔基(較佳為碳數丨〜孙的直鏈、分支、 環狀的經取代或未經取代的烯基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6〜 30的經取代或未經取代的芳基)、矽烷基(較佳為碳數3 〜30的經取代或未經取代的矽烷基)。該些非極性基亦可 更具有取代基,取代基可列舉以下的基作為較佳例:鹵素 原子、烷基(包括環烷基、雙環烷基)、烯基(包括環烯基、 雙環烯基)、炔基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧 基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺 甲氧基、烧乳基幾氧基、芳氧基幾氧基、胺基(包括笨 胺基)、醯基胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧 42 201113332 χ- 基羰基胺基、胺磺醢基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基、芳基磺醯 基胺基、髄基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、 磺基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基 磺醯基、醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、芳 基偶氮基、雜環偶氮基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦 基氧基、氧膦基胺基、石夕院基等。 相對於上述液晶性偶氮色素的重量,配向膜傾角控制 劑的添加量通常較佳為0.0001 wt%〜3〇 wt%左右,更佳為 0.001 wt%〜20 wt%左右’進而佳為〇 〇〇5 wt%〜1〇 _/〇左 右。 本發明中,可使用日本專利特開2〇〇6_588〇1號公報中 所§己載的配向膜傾角控制劑。 空氣界面傾角控制劑(水平配向劑): 本發明中所用的上述二色性色素組成物較佳為含有水 平配向劑作為空氣界面傾角控侧。本發財所用的水平 配向劑較佳為, ^ · _^(1)下述通式(111)所表示的含氟脂肪族基的化合 物,或, lilt有選自由通式(IV)或通式⑺所表示的含 = 聚合單元及通式㈤所表示的含醯 元的含氟脂_基的共聚物。頂至乂料口早 干的進行說明。首先’對⑴通式(m)所表 不的3㈣旨_基的化合物加以說明。 43 201113332 [化 23] 通式(III) x,iO(Rl1)m11 &lt;R33wCXxl:ij3(R' 式中,R 、R及R33分別獨立表示末端具有匚巧基 或CRH基的烧氧基,Xn、X22及X33分別獨立表示__、 -0·或,ml卜m22及rn33分別獨立表示丨〜3的整數。 RU、R22及R33各自表示的取代基為末端具有CF3基 或CFZH基的烷氧基,可為直鏈狀亦可為分支狀,較佳為 碳數4〜20,更佳為碳數4〜16,特佳為6〜16。上述末端 具有CF3基或CF2H基的烷氧基為烷氧基中所含的氫原子 的:部分或全部被氟原子取代的烷氧基。較佳為烷氧基中 的氫原子的50%以上被氟原子取代,更佳為6〇%以上被取 代,特佳為將70%以上取代。以下,示出Rii、尺22及r33 所表示的末端具有CFS基或CF2H基的烷氧基的例子。 R1 · n-CgFi7-〇~ R2 : n-CgFn-O-R3 · 11-〇4?9-〇_ R4 : n-C8F17-(CH2)2-〇-(CH2)2-0-R5 : n-C6F13-(CH2)2-〇-(CH2)2-0-R6 : n-C4F9_(CH2)2-〇-(CH2)2-〇- 44 201113332 R7 : n-C8F17-(CH2)3-〇-R8 : n-C6F13-(CH2)3-〇-R9 : n-C4F9-(CH2)3-〇-R10 : H-(CF2)8-0-Rll : H-(CF2)6-0-R12 : H-(CF2)4-〇-R13 : H-(CF2)8-(CH2)-0-R14 : H-(CF2)6-(CH2)-0-R15 : H-(CF2)4-(CH2)-0-R16 : H-(CF2)8-(CH2)-0-(CH2)2-0-R17 : H-(CF2)6-(CH2)-0-(CH2)2-0-R18 : H-(CF2)4-(CH2)-0-(CH2)2-0-通式(III)中,X11、X22及X33分別較佳為表示-NH-或-Ο-,最佳為表示-NH-。m11、m22及m33分別較佳為2。 以下示出上述通式(III)所表示的化合物的具體例, 但不限定於該些具體例。 [化 24] 45 201113332Chemistry (1999), 9(11), 2755-2763, Tetrahedron (2005), 61, 903-918 and the methods described in the examples i后 described later are easily synthesized. The liquid crystallinity of the compound represented by the above formula (1), formula (2), formula (3), formula (4) and formula (5) is preferably 1 Å. 〇~3〇〇°C, more preferably a nematic liquid crystal phase at l〇〇°C~250°C. 201113332 The liquid crystalline azo dye represented by the above formula (2), the formula (2), the formula (3), the formula (4), and the formula (5), wherein the molecular structure is a plate Moreover, since it has a straight line property, has a rigid core portion and a soft side chain portion, and has a polar amine group at the distal end of the molecule, it has a property of easily exhibiting liquid crystallinity, particularly nematic liquid crystallinity. Further, since the molecules have high planarity, they exhibit strong intermolecular interaction and also have the property that molecules are easily associated with each other. A dichroic dye group containing the liquid crystalline azo dye represented by the above formula (1), formula (2), formula (3), formula (4) and formula (5) of the present invention = The material exhibits not only the absorbance H of rfj in the wide-wavelength region of visible light but also the nematic liquid crystal property of the dye-formed product by association formation, and thus, for example, by coating the surface of the rubbed alignment film. The laminating process can achieve a high degree of molecular alignment. Therefore, the dichroic dye composition containing the liquid crystalline azo dye represented by the above formula (2), the formula (3), the formula (4) and the formula (5) is used. As a light absorbing anisotropic film, Cai made a polarized photon with high polarization. In the present invention, the liquid crystal azo dyes represented by the above formula (1), the formula (1), the formula (1), the general formula (4), and the formula (5) may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. Further, the liquid formula represented by the general formula (2), the general formula (3), the pass μ, and the crystalline di-color symplectic formula) and the formula () are used as the chemical compound other than the above. Examples include, for example, bis, +., 3+ octastatin m, J + . The above formula (1), formula (2), the formula other than the formula, and the liquid crystal couple represented by the formula (5) Nitrogen pigments are occasionally sputum pigments, cyanine pigments, azo metal mismatches 31 201113332, phthalocyanine pigments, pyryiium pigments thiophene thiophene , azulenium-based pigment, squarylium-based pigment, naphthoquinone-based pigment, triphenylsulfonium-based dye, and triallyl-decane-based pigment. Other pigment compounds are also preferably liquid crystal. Among the above, the dichroic dye composition of the present invention is characterized by a non-coloring compound which does not contain liquid crystallinity. Previously, a so-called bin-host type photon formed by a liquid crystal compound and a dichroic dye formulated therein has been proposed, but the molecular alignment of the composition of the s stomach negative main type (GH) and the second aspect of the present invention have been proposed. The coloring matter composition is relatively inferior, and only a polarizer having a low dichroic ratio can be obtained. In the dichroic dye composition, the total content of the compounds represented by the above formula (丨), the formula (2), the formula (1), the formula (4) and the formula (5) is preferably 80% by weight of the dye. Above, it is particularly preferably 9 〇 wt% or more. Of course, all of the pigments contained in the upper limit of 1 GG wt% 'that is' may be the above-mentioned predetermined liquid crystalline azo dyes. Further, the content of the correction substance represented by the above formula (1) = 11), the formula (1), the formula (4) and the formula (5) in the total solid content excluding the solvent is preferably 2% by weight or more. , especially good for 3〇4 or more. _ The limit value is not controlled, that is, it can be (10), but in the case of containing other additives such as the lower i ^ boundary, 'in order to obtain these; the dichroic pigment composition towel contains the solvent The total content of the total liquid crystal azo dye is preferably %, more preferably 90% by weight or less. 32 201113332 ----- Γ 再 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 对于 GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH GH The content is about 5 wt% to 15 Wt%. Non-liquid crystalline polymer (adhesive polymer): The dichroic dye composition may contain a non-liquid crystalline polymer. The non-liquid crystalline polymer may be a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer obtained by applying the above-mentioned dichroic dye composition containing a monomer onto a substrate or an alignment film. Examples of the point polymer to be added to the above-mentioned dichroic composition include polyacrylonitrile, polyacrylic acid, polyacrylamide, and the like, and polystyrene resin, polyvinyl acetal acetoacetal. Polyvinyl bromide resin, such as polyvinyl butyl ketone, ethyl cellulose (ethyl cellul〇se), hydroxyethyl cellulose, ethyl hydroxy cellulose, propyl propyl cellulose, ethyl cheng Modified cellulose resin such as ethyl cellulose, methyl ketone, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, nitrocellulose, etc., nitrocellulose, ethyl hydroxyethyl fiber Cellulose resin such as cellulose or ethyl cellulose, or polyurethane resin, polyamide resin, polyester resin, polycarbonate resin, oxygen, fat, phenol resin, epoxy resin, various elastomers, etc. . These compounds may be used singly or in the case of mixing or copolymerizing the compounds. The non-liquid crystalline adhesive polymer is particularly preferably an acrylic polymer (a resin having an acrylonitrile-based copolymer or a copolymer of the present ethylene-based copolymer), and particularly preferably soluble in an organic solvent. In the production of the acrylic polymer, for example, a known method using a conventional method from 33 201113332 can be applied. The conditions of the temperature and pressure at the time of production by the radical polymerization method, the type and amount of the radical initiator, the type of the solvent, and the like can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions can be determined experimentally. Specific examples of the copolymerization component of the above-mentioned acrylic acid polymer include: non-saturated scorpion (for example, (meth)acrylic acid, butyric acid, isaconic acid, cis-butanoic acid, and 2-butene Acid), aromatic vinyl compound (such as styrene, methyl styrene, ethyl ruthenyl toluene, 2-ethylene based bite, 4-vinyl fluorene ratio, N-ethylene imidazole, etc.), ( Alkyl methacrylate (eg methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, (isobutyl acrylate), (fluorenyl) acrylate Hexyl ester, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, etc., alkylaryl aryl acrylate (such as benzyl (meth) acrylate), (methyl) Acrylic substituted alkyl ester (for example, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.), vinyl ruthenium acetate (for example, ethyl acetate) And ethyl vinegar propionate), ethylene cyanide (such as (meth) acrylonitrile and α-gas acrylonitrile), and aliphatic conjugated diene For example, 1,3-butane, and isoprene. Among these copolymerized components, preferred are unsaturated carboxylic acids, aromatic vinyl compounds, alkyl (meth) acrylates, (mercapto) acrylates. Pyridyl aryl ester and oleic acid vinyl ester. Here, (mercapto)acrylic acid is a general term for combining acrylic acid with methacrylic acid. Hereinafter, (mercapto) acrylate is also acrylate and methacrylate. Further, the following compounds may be mentioned as preferred examples: an acrylic polymer having a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group in a side chain or a macromonomer (Example 34 201113332 ethylene macromonomer, polyfluorenyl group) Acrylate acrylate macromonomer, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol mono(indenyl)propene, please, polyethylene glycol 1 decyl alcohol early (methyl) acrylic acid s, etc.) as a copolymerized component of propylene The acid-grafting polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the above-mentioned one-color pigment composition, the content of the above-mentioned non-liquid aB molecule of the total solid component excluding the solvent is contained. Preferably, 〇5 wt%~9〇wt°/〇'more&gt;[ a non-liquid crystalline polyfunctional monomer having a radical polymerizable group: a dichroic dye used for forming a light-absorbing anisotropic film of the present invention: 1 wt% to 8 〇 wt%, particularly preferably 5 (tetra) 〜 The composition is a polyfunctional monomer containing a heterogeneous group having a free-synthesis group. In the present invention, the term "non-liquid crystalline multi-capacity monomer having a radical polymerizable group" means growth. The polyfunctional monomer in which the active species is freely polymerized, and the monomer is non-liquid crystalline. The polyfunctional monomer is preferably a polyfunctional monomer having two or more double bonds in the molecule, and particularly preferably ethylenic. Specific examples of the (aliphatic) unsaturated double bond include an olefin, a diene, an acrylate, a methacrylate, a diester of an unsaturated polycarboxylic acid, a decylamine of an α, an 不-unsaturated carboxylic acid, or A polyfunctional monomer having a functional group such as a saturated nitrile, styrene or a derivative thereof, a vinyl ester, or a vinyl ether. The number of double bonds in the molecule is preferably from 2 to 20, more preferably from 2 to 15, more preferably from 2 to 6. The polyfunctional monomer is preferably an ester of a polyhydric alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups in the molecule and an unsaturated fatty acid. Examples of the unsaturated fatty acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, cis-butane diacid, and itaconic acid, preferably acrylic acid and methyl propylene 35 201113332 = the alcohol knife T has more than one basis group The alcohol is preferably a tetravalent or higher oligomer or an oligomer of two or more alcohols. The oligomeric oxime bond or the amine ruthenium ruthenium linkage is a polyhydric alcohol linkage; ;^ is a mixture having a polyhydric alcohol linked by an ether bond. The above polyfunctional monomer is particularly preferably soluble in an organic solvent. The monomer may be a monomer having a boiling point of at most the normal pressure, and the difunctional (meth) acrylate may, for example, be ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate (for example). Ethylene ^c〇i is called meth)acrylate), 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylic acid vinegar, i 9-decanediol di(indenyl)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, four Ethylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, bisphenoxy ethanol fluorine diacrylate, etc., and commercially available products include, for example, Aronix M-210, Aronix M-240, and Aronix M-6200. (Manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD HDDA, KAYARAD HX-220, KAYARAD R-604 (manufactured by 曰本4匕药(股)) Biscoat 260, Biscoat 312, Biscoat 335HP (Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ) Manufacturing) and so on. Examples of the trifunctional or higher (meth)acrylic acid vinegar include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (pentaerythritol tri). (meth)acrylate), tri((meth)acryloyloxyethyl)phosphate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(indenyl)acrylic acid Ester, bis 36 201113332 — χ — pentaerythritol hexa(indenyl) acrylate, etc., and commercially available products thereof include, for example, Aronix M-309 ' Aronix M-400 ' Aronix M-405 &gt; Aronix M-450, Aronix M- 7100, Aronix M-8030, Aronix M-8060 (all trade names, manufactured by East Asian Synthetic Chemicals Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD TMPTA, KAYARAD DPHA, KAYARAD DPCA-20, KAYARAD DPCA-30, KAYARAD DPCA-60, KAYARAD DPCA -120 (all manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.) 'Biscoat 295, Biscoat 300, Biscoat 360, Biscoat GPT, Biscoat 3PA, Biscoat 400 (both trade names, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) . For examples of further monomers and oligomers, difunctional or trifunctional or higher (fluorenyl) acrylates include, for example, polyethylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, polypropylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, Trihydroxydecylethane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane diacrylate, neopentyl glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(indenyl) acrylate, hexanediol bis(indenyl) acrylate Trimethylolpropane tri(acryloylxy propyl)ether, tri(acryloylxyethyl) Isocyanurate), tris(propylene oxy)ethyl citrate, glyCerine tri(meth)acrylate, tricate tris((mercapto) propylene oxy group Ethyl) ester, dipentaerythritol penta(indenyl) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate; addition of polyfunctional alcohol such as trimethylolpropane or glycerol to ethylene oxide or ring Acetylene followed by (mercapto) acrylate Polyfunctional propylene of compound et al. 37 201113332 acid ester or polyfunctional mercapto acrylate; poly(meth) acrylate of poly-polyol, poly(indenyl) acrylate of polyester polyol and polyamine A poly(indenyl) acrylate of a phthalic acid ester-based polyol.单体 The monomer formed from the ester of polyhydric alcohol and acrylic acid is commercially available from Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd. (trade name: Diabeam UK-4154) or Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. (trade name: KYARAD.DPHA, SR355). . The mono- or di-functional (meth)acrylic acid g may be used singly or in combination, or may be used in combination with a monofunctional (meth) acrylate. A monofunctional (meth)propionic acid ester can be exemplified by (2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate), carbitol (carbamide), and carbitol. (meth)acrylate), isobornyl (meth)acrylate, (fluorenyl)acrylic acid, 3 fluorenyl butyl phthalate, 2-(fluorenyl) propyl ethoxylate-ethyl 2- 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl-2-hydroxypropyl phthalate, polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, (a) Phenyloxyethyl acrylate, ethylene glycol (mercapto) acrylate, etc., and commercially available products thereof are exemplified by: Aronix Μ-1 (Π, Aronix Μ-11 卜 Aronix Μ-114 (East Asian Synthetic Chemical Industry ( (manufacturing)), KAYARADTC-ll〇s, KAYARADTC-120S (manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.), Biscoat 158, Biscoat 2311 (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) As will be described later, when making polarizers 'It is preferred to fix the alignment state of the liquid crystal azo dyes'. Regarding the fixing method, the polymerization reaction is used to color The polymerization is carried out by a thermal polymerization reaction using a thermal polymerization initiator and a photopolymerization reaction using a photopolymerization initiator. 38 201113332 In the above dichroic dye composition, the above is the total solid content excluding the solvent. The total content of the liquid crystalline azo dye and the non-liquid crystalline polymerizable polyfunctional monomer is preferably 5 G wt% or more, and particularly preferably 7 G wt% or more. Polymerization initiator: In order to contain the above-mentioned radical polymerizable multifunctional The composition of the monomer is subjected to a hardening reaction, preferably containing a polymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator may suitably use a known poly& starting oxime according to photopolymerization or thermal polymerization, for example, a photopolymerization initiator. Examples include: alpha-based compounds (described in U.S. Patent No. 2,276,661, U.S. Patent No. 2,367,670), acyl 〇inether (U.S. Patent No. 2,484,828, s), and alpha-hydrocarbon-substituted aromatics. An alcohol ketone compound (described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,722,512), a polynuclear ruthenium compound (described in each specification of U.S. Patent No. 3,467,127, U.S. Patent No. 2,591,758), triaryl imidazole Combination of a triarylimidazole dimer with p-amin phenylketone (described in US Pat. No. 3,549,367), an acridine, and a phenazine compound JP-A-60-105667, the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,239,850, and the thiadipine compound (described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,212,970). The photopolymerization initiator is preferably used in an amount of from 0.01 wt% to 20 wt%, more preferably from 1 wt% to 1 〇 wt〇/0, of the total solid component excluding the solvent. What is the example of the photopolymerization initiator, the amount of the photopolymerization initiator used, and the amount of the photopolymerization initiator used? The value of the light irradiation energy of IX may be applied to the present invention by the description of paragraphs [0050] to [51] of JP-A-2001-91741, respectively. " 39 201113332. Other additives: 曰本发,中使(4) In the above dichroic dye composition, in addition to the above-mentioned 曰曰t pigment and optionally non-liquid crystalline polyfunctional monomer, 4-initiator In addition to the non-liquid crystalline adhesive polymer, it is also possible to adjust the use of the f machine &gt; the granule or any of the additives. An example of the additive is wind resistance = two doses, which are used to control the inclination of the alignment enthalpy (light absorption anisotropy) Additives for film / crystal pigmentation angle, angle of inclination for control (light absorption of pigment in the anisotropic film / air interface, sugar "at least - power month" for mold, antibacterial and sterilization Chemical agents, etc. Hereinafter, each additive will be described. Surfactant (anti-winding agent): The above-mentioned two-color recording of the hair type _ can also contain the wind of the interface '2 ^-τ λ f , The surfactant is added in the same manner as the surfactant. The fluorine-based polymer to be used is not particularly limited as long as it suppresses the change or orientation of the dip of the dye. Example of the gas polymer of the agent Patent No. _- No. 2 = $^ Kai 2, No. 33852, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open, δ Patent, Patent No. 193565. "An ancient polymer can be used to display goodness without unevenness." In addition, the coating property of repellency and the like is also changed, and the amount of the lingual agent added to the liquid crystal is prevented from being in contact with the liquid crystal in order to prevent the alignment of the azo dye. Sexual 氡 10 WI 乂 为 is 0, 1 Wt% ~ 1 〇 Wt% or so 'better 〇. 5 Wt% ~ chest t% or so, and then better 〇. 5 Qin 5 er right. Anti-reducing agent: In the above-mentioned dichroic composition used in the present invention, a high-score=substance may be added as a material for preventing repellency during coating. For this purpose, the two-knife can be used as long as the liquid crystal azo The pigment is compatible, and there is no particular limitation on the change or alignment of the dye. The polymer which can be used as a repellent is exemplified in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 8-95030. A good specific polymer is exemplified as a cutin-type Sa. Examples of cellulose are cellulose acetate. A cellulose hydroxypropylcellulose, a hydroxypropylcellulose, and a cellulose acetate butyrate. The amount of the polymer used for preventing the repellency is not inhibited by the alignment of the liquid crystalline azo dye. Sexual gas pigments are preferably 〇1 wt〇/.~1〇wt% range, more preferably in the range of 〇1 Wt%~8 Wt%, and thus preferably in G"wt%~5 In the range of wt. The alignment film tilting agent: an additive for controlling the tilt angle of the liquid crystal azo dye molecule on the side of the alignment film may be added to the one-color pigment composition. Examples of the additive having such an effect include A compound having both a polar group and a non-polar group in the molecule. The compound having both a polar group and a non-polar group in the molecule may be exemplified by the following compounds: pg_〇H, p〇_c〇〇h, Ρ0·〇_Ρ〇, p〇_NH2, p〇_ NH_p0, p0 SH, p〇_s_p0, p0 c〇p0, 41 201113332 P -COO-P0 . P°-CONH-P° Λ P°-C0NHC0-P° . P°-S〇3H ' P -S〇 3- p° . P°-S02NH-P° . P°-S02NHS02-P° . p〇.c=N_p〇, H〇-P(-OP〇)2 . (H〇.)2P〇-〇p 〇. p(.〇p0)3 ^ H〇.p〇(_〇p0 ^ (J^PO_OP〇, P0(_0pV p0_N〇2 and p〇cN and these compounds, organic salts. Here, organic salts except The organic salt of the above compound (for example, '_salt', such as rhein, etc.) may be preferably "external" or the like. In the above compound having a polar group and a nonpolar group, it is preferred. Is P〇-〇H, p0_C〇〇H, p0_〇_p0, p0 NH2, p0_s〇3H, Η〇-Ρ°(·〇Ρν (Ha)2Pa0pG, P0(_0pG)3 or organic of these compounds Here, each of the above 妒 represents a non-polar group, and when there are a plurality of PQs, they may be the same or different. Examples of p° include the following groups: silk (preferably carbon) a linear, branched, cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkyl), alkenyl group of 1 30 (preferably a linear, branched, cyclic substituted or t substituted alkene having a carbon number of 1 to 30) Alkynyl group (preferably a linear, branched, cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group of carbon number 丨~sun), aryl (preferably substituted or not having a carbon number of 6 to 30) a substituted aryl group, a decyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted decyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 30). The non-polar groups may further have a substituent, and the substituent may be exemplified as the following group. Preferred examples are a halogen atom, an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (including a cycloalkenyl group, a bicycloalkenyl group), an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, and a nitro group. , carboxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, decyloxy, heterocyclooxy, decyloxy, amine methoxy, aryl lactyloxy, aryloxyoxy, amine (including sulfhydryl) , mercaptoamino group, aminocarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxy 42 201113332 χ-ylcarbonylamino group, amine sulfonylamino group, alkyl sulfonylamino group, Alkylsulfonylamino, fluorenyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, sulfonyl, sulfo, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl , arylsulfonyl, fluorenyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amine carbaryl, aryl azo, heterocyclic azo, fluorenylene, phosphino, phosphinyl, oxygen Phosphyloxy, phosphinylamino, ishixiyuan, and the like. The amount of the alignment film tilt controlling agent added is usually preferably from about 0.0001% by weight to about 3% by weight, more preferably from about 0.001% by weight to about 20% by weight, based on the weight of the liquid crystalline azo dye. 〇5 wt%~1〇_/〇. In the present invention, an alignment film tilting agent which is contained in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 2-6-588 No. 1 can be used. Air Interface Inclination Control Agent (Horizontal Aligning Agent): The above-mentioned dichroic dye composition used in the present invention preferably contains a horizontal alignment agent as an air interface inclination control side. The horizontal alignment agent used in the present invention is preferably a compound having a fluorine-containing aliphatic group represented by the following formula (111), or lilt having a formula selected from the formula (IV) or (7) A copolymer containing a polymerization unit and a halogen-containing fluoro group-containing group represented by the formula (5). The description will be made from the top to the drying of the material. First, the compound of the 3(d)-based group represented by the formula (m) will be described. 43 201113332 General formula (III) x, iO(Rl1)m11 &lt; R33wCXxl: ij3 (wherein R, R and R33 each independently represent an alkoxy group having a terminal group or a CRH group at the terminal, Xn, X22 and X33 respectively represent __, -0· or , ml, m22 and rn33 respectively represent an integer of 丨~3. The substituents represented by RU, R22 and R33 are each an alkane having a CF3 group or a CFZH group at the end. The oxy group may be linear or branched, preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 20, more preferably 4 to 16 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 16. The above-mentioned terminal has an alkoxy group of a CF3 group or a CF2H group. The base is a hydrogen atom contained in the alkoxy group: an alkoxy group partially or wholly substituted by a fluorine atom. Preferably, 50% or more of the hydrogen atom in the alkoxy group is substituted by a fluorine atom, more preferably 6 % by weight. The above is substituted, and it is particularly preferable to substitute 70% or more. Hereinafter, an example of an alkoxy group having a CFS group or a CF2H group at the terminal represented by Rii, rule 22 and r33 is shown. R1 · n-CgFi7-〇~ R2 : n-CgFn-O-R3 · 11-〇4?9-〇_ R4 : n-C8F17-(CH2)2-〇-(CH2)2-0-R5 : n-C6F13-(CH2)2-〇- (CH2)2-0-R6 : n-C4F9_(CH2)2-〇-(CH2)2-〇- 44 201113332 R7 : n-C8F17-(CH2)3- 〇-R8 : n-C6F13-(CH2)3-〇-R9 : n-C4F9-(CH2)3-〇-R10 : H-(CF2)8-0-Rll : H-(CF2)6-0- R12 : H-(CF2)4-〇-R13 : H-(CF2)8-(CH2)-0-R14 : H-(CF2)6-(CH2)-0-R15 : H-(CF2)4- (CH2)-0-R16 : H-(CF2)8-(CH2)-0-(CH2)2-0-R17: H-(CF2)6-(CH2)-0-(CH2)2-0- R18 : H-(CF2)4-(CH2)-0-(CH2)2-0- In the formula (III), X11, X22 and X33 each preferably represent -NH- or -Ο-, preferably It is preferable that each of -NH-.m11, m22, and m33 is 2. The specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (III) are shown below, but are not limited to these specific examples. [Chem. 24] 45 201113332

化合物 No. R1 R2 X I ~1 〇(CH2)3(CF2)4F 0(CH2)3(CF2)4F NH I 一2 0(CH2)3(CF2)eP OiCH^^CF^eF NH 1 — 3 〇(CH2)3(CF2&gt;8F 0(CH2)3(CF2&gt;8F NH 1-4 OCH2(CF2)6H OCH2(CF2)6H NH I - 5 OCHziCFzJsH OCH2(CF2)8H NH I 一6 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)2(CF2)6F 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)2(CF2)eF NH Γ-7 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)2(CF2)4F CXCHACKCHiMCFAF NH 1-8 0(CH2&gt;3S(CH2)2(CP2)6F 0(CH2)3S(CH2)2(CF2)6F NH I 一9 0(CH2&gt;sS(CH2)2(CF2)4F 0(CH2)3S(CH2)2(CF2)4F NH 1 — 10 0(CH2)GS(CHi!)2{CP2)6P OiCiyeSCCH^ziCF^eF Nil I 一 1 1 0(CH2)6S(CH2)2(CF2)4F 0(CH2)6S(CH2)2(CF2)4F NH 1 — 12 0(CH2&gt;z0(CH2)(CF2)eH 0(CHi:)2〇(CH2)(CF2)6H NH 1-13 0(CH2)3(CF2)eF 0(CH2)3(CF2)eF 0 1-14 OCHaiCFsJeH OCH2(CF2&gt;gH 0 1-15 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)2(CF2)cF CKCHa^CHWCFAF 0 1-16 〇(CH2)3S(CH2)2(CF2)6F 0(CH2&gt;3S(CH2)2(CF2)6F o 1 — 17 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)(CF2)eH 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)(CF2)eH 0 1-18 0(CH2)3(CFz)eF 0(CH2)a(CF2)(jF s 1 — 19 OCH2(CF2&gt;6H OCH2(CF2)cH s 1 — 20 (XCHs^CKCH^CFAF 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)2(CF2)gF s 1—2 1 0(CH2)3S(CH2)2(CF2&gt;6F 0(CH2)3S(CH2)2(CF2)eF s 1-2 2 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)(CF2)6H 0(CHa)2〇(CH2)(CF2)6H s 繼而,對(2)含有選自由通式(IV)或通式(V)所 表示的含氟脂肪族基的單體的聚合單元及通式(VI)所表 示的含醯胺基的單體的聚合單元所組成的組群中的至少一 種聚合單元的含氟脂肪族基的共聚物加以說明。 [化 25] 46 201113332 通式(IV)Compound No. R1 R2 XI ~1 〇(CH2)3(CF2)4F 0(CH2)3(CF2)4F NH I -2 0(CH2)3(CF2)eP OiCH^^CF^eF NH 1 — 3 〇 (CH2)3(CF2&gt;8F 0(CH2)3(CF2&gt;8F NH 1-4 OCH2(CF2)6H OCH2(CF2)6H NH I - 5 OCHziCFzJsH OCH2(CF2)8H NH I-60 (CH2)2 〇(CH2)2(CF2)6F 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)2(CF2)eF NH Γ-7 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)2(CF2)4F CXCHACKCHiMCFAF NH 1-8 0(CH2&gt; 3S(CH2)2(CP2)6F 0(CH2)3S(CH2)2(CF2)6F NH I-90 (CH2&gt;sS(CH2)2(CF2)4F 0(CH2)3S(CH2)2(CF2 ) 4F NH 1 — 10 0(CH2)GS(CHi!)2{CP2)6P OiCiyeSCCH^ziCF^eF Nil I-1 1 0 (CH2)6S(CH2)2(CF2)4F 0(CH2)6S(CH2 2(CF2)4F NH 1 — 12 0(CH2&gt;z0(CH2)(CF2)eH 0(CHi:)2〇(CH2)(CF2)6H NH 1-13 0(CH2)3(CF2)eF 0 (CH2)3(CF2)eF 0 1-14 OCHaiCFsJeH OCH2(CF2&gt;gH 0 1-15 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)2(CF2)cF CKCHa^CHWCFAF 0 1-16 〇(CH2)3S(CH2 ) 2(CF2)6F 0(CH2&gt;3S(CH2)2(CF2)6F o 1 — 17 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)(CF2)eH 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)(CF2)eH 0 1-18 0(CH2)3(CFz)eF 0(CH2)a(CF2)(jF s 1 — 19 OCH2(CF2&gt;6H OCH2(CF2)cH s 1 — 20 (XCHs^CKCH^CFAF 0(CH2) 2〇(CH2)2(CF2)gF s 1—2 1 0(CH2)3S(CH2 2(CF2&gt;6F 0(CH2)3S(CH2)2(CF2)eF s 1-2 2 0(CH2)2〇(CH2)(CF2)6H 0(CHa)2〇(CH2)(CF2)6H s then, (2) a polymerization unit containing a monomer selected from the fluorine-containing aliphatic group represented by the general formula (IV) or the general formula (V), and a mercapto group-containing single product represented by the general formula (VI) A fluorinated aliphatic group-containing copolymer of at least one of the polymerized units of the group of polymerized units is described. [Chem. 25] 46 201113332 Formula (IV)

Ll-(CFa)m1H 式中,R1表示氫原子、鹵素原子或曱基,1^表示二價 連結基,ml表示1以上、18以下的整數。 [化26】 通式(V)Ll-(CFa)m1H wherein R1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a fluorenyl group, 1^ represents a divalent linking group, and ml represents an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less. General formula (V)

^-(CF2)n,F 式中’ R2表示氫原子、鹵素原子或曱基,L2表示二價 連結基’ nl表示1以上、18以下的整數。 [化27】 通式(VI)^-(CF2)n, F wherein 'R2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a fluorenyl group, and L2 represents a divalent linking group' nl represents an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less. General formula (VI)

式中,R3表示氫原子、鹵素原子或曱基,Rl〇及Rn 分別獨立表示氫原子、碳數丨〜18麟基、碳數6〜2〇的 47 201113332 _ · χ * 芳香族基或碳數1〜20的雜環基。另外,R10與Rii亦可彼 此連結而形成雜環。 上述通式(IV)中,R1表示氫原子、鹵素原子或甲基, 更佳為氫原子或曱基。L1表示二價連結基,ml表示丨以 上、18以下的整數,更佳為2〜12,進而佳為4〜8,進而 更佳為4或6。 上述通式(V)中,R2表示氫原子、鹵素原子或甲基, 更佳為氫原子或曱基。L2表示二價連結基,nl表示1以上、 以下的整數,更佳為2〜12,進而佳為4〜8,最佳為4 或6。 L1及L2只要分別獨立為二價取代基則並無限定,較佳 =下述通式(Vil)所表示的結構。此處(a)表示鍵結於 又鍵側的位置,(b)表示鍵結於氟脂肪族基侧的位置。 通式(VII) (a) -X10-R20- (b) 通式(νιι)中,表示單鍵或*_coo_**、*_c〇s_ * *-〇C〇-木 *、* _c〇n(r21)_ **、*_〇_ 木 * 所示 的一價連結基。此處*表示鍵結於雙鍵側的位置,* * 示鍵結於R20的位置。 衣 基、^亞表不y具有取代基的聚亞甲基(例如亞甲基、伸乙 間伸苯基、取代基的伸苯基(例如鄰伸苯基、 伸本基仆及可藉由該些基的任意組合而形 48 201113332 成的基。其中更佳為聚亞甲基’聚亞甲基中較佳為亞甲基、 伸乙基、三亞甲基及四亞甲基’更佳為亞曱基及伸乙 R21表示氫原子或碳數1〜8的可具有取代基的烷基、 或者碳數6〜20的可具有取代基的芳基,更佳為氫原子或 破數1〜6的烧基,進而佳為氩原子或碳數1〜4的烧基。 上述通式(IV)所表示的含氟脂肪族基的單f费彳去兔 下述通式(VIII)所表示的單體。 ' [化 28] 通式(VIII)In the formula, R3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a fluorenyl group, and R1〇 and Rn each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a carbon number of 丨18 linyl, and a carbon number of 6 to 2 4747 201113332 _ · χ * aromatic group or carbon A number of 1 to 20 heterocyclic groups. Further, R10 and Rii may be bonded to each other to form a heterocyclic ring. In the above formula (IV), R1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a methyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group. L1 represents a divalent linking group, and ml represents an integer of 丨 or more, preferably 18 or less, more preferably 2 to 12, still more preferably 4 to 8, and still more preferably 4 or 6. In the above formula (V), R2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a methyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group. L2 represents a divalent linking group, and nl represents an integer of 1 or more and more, more preferably 2 to 12, still more preferably 4 to 8, and most preferably 4 or 6. L1 and L2 are not limited as long as they are independently a divalent substituent, and preferably have a structure represented by the following formula (Vil). Here, (a) indicates a position bonded to the other side of the bond, and (b) indicates a position bonded to the side of the fluoroaliphatic group. Formula (VII) (a) -X10-R20- (b) In the formula (νιι), it represents a single bond or *_coo_**, *_c〇s_ * *-〇C〇-木*, * _c〇n (r21)_ **, *_〇_ wood* The one-valent linkage shown. Here * indicates the position of the key on the side of the double key, and * * indicates the position of the key at the R20. a polymethylene group having a substituent, such as a methylene group, an exophenyl group, or a pendant phenyl group (for example, an phenyl group, a phenyl group, and a phenyl group) Any combination of these groups forms a group of 48, 2011,133. Among them, more preferably a methylene group, a methylene group, a methylene group, an exoethyl group, a trimethylene group and a tetramethylene group are preferred. The mercapto group and the exoethyl R21 represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 8 which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20 which may have a substituent, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a number of 1 The alkyl group of ~6 is preferably an argon atom or a carbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The fluorinated aliphatic group represented by the above formula (IV) has a single f fee of the following formula (VIII). The monomer represented. '[28] General formula (VIII)

b-X1-(CH2)p-(CF2)miH Ο 通式(VIII)中,X1表示-0-、4_或小讲222)_所表示的 二價基,P表示1〜8的整數。X1更佳為_〇‘_Ν(ρ222)_ , 最佳為-〇-。Ρ更佳為1〜6,進而佳為1〜3。尺1及ml與 上述通式(IV)中說明的R1及ml分別為相同含意,較佳 範圍亦相同。另外,R222表示氫原子或碳數i〜8的可具有 取代基的烷基、或碳數6〜20的可具有取代基的芳基。 上述通式(V)所表示的含氟脂肪族基的單體中,較 佳為下述通式(IX)所表示的單體。 [化 29] 49 201113332 通式(IX)b-X1-(CH2)p-(CF2)miH Ο In the formula (VIII), X1 represents a divalent group represented by -0-, 4_ or 222)_, and P represents an integer of 1-8. X1 is more preferably _〇 ‘_Ν(ρ222)_ , and most preferably -〇-. Ρ is preferably 1 to 6, and preferably 1 to 3. The scales 1 and ml have the same meanings as R1 and ml described in the above formula (IV), and the preferred ranges are also the same. Further, R222 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent of carbon number i to 8, or an aryl group which may have a substituent of 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Among the fluorinated aliphatic group-containing monomers represented by the above formula (V), a monomer represented by the following formula (IX) is preferred. [Chem. 29] 49 201113332 Formula (IX)

贷 ~X2-(CH2)q一 (CF2)n · F Ο 通式(IX)中,χ2表示-Ο-、-S-或-N(R222)-所表示的 取代基,q表示1〜8的整數。X2更佳為-〇-或-N(R222)_, 最佳為-Ο- 〇p更佳為1〜6’進而佳為1〜3°R2及nl與上 述通式(V)中說明的R2及nl分別為相同含意,較佳範 圍亦相同。另外,R222與通式(VIII)中說明的R222為相 同含意。 繼而,對通式(VI)所表示的含醯胺基的單體的聚合 單元加以說明。 上述通式(VI)中,R3表示氫原子、鹵素原子或曱基, 更佳為氫原子或甲基。RW及Rn分別獨立表示氫原子、碳 數1〜18的烷基、碳數6〜20的芳香族基或碳數的 雜環基’該些取代基可更具有取代基。另外,更佳為碳數 1〜12的烷基、碳數6〜15的芳香族基,進而佳為碳數1 〜6的烷基、碳數6〜12的芳香族基。另外,Rl〇與rU 可彼此連結而形成雜環’卿成_環_類可列舉^各 啶環(pyn^idine ring)、哌啶環(_蘭狀咖)、嗎啉 (morpholine ring )等。 &amp; 人/作水平配向劑的含氟脂肪族基的共聚物可含有 3 旨肪减的树及含醯縣的單體㈣作為聚 兀’亦可含有_以上#各賴作騎合私, 50 201113332 可為除此以外含有一種以上的可進行共聚合的其他單體作 為t合單元的共聚物。此種可進行共聚合的其他種類的單 體可使用 Polymer Handbook 2nd ed.,j.Brandrup,Wiley Interscience (1975) Chapter 2 Page 1 〜483 中記載的單體。 例如可列舉選自丙烯酸酯類、甲基丙烯酸醋類、甲基丙稀 醯胺類、烯丙基化合物、乙烯醚類、乙烯酯類等中的具有 1個加成聚合性不飽和鍵的化合物等。 用作上述水平配向劑的含氟脂肪族基的共聚物的較佳 重量平均分子量為2000〜100,000,更佳為3000〜80 000’ 進而佳為4,000〜60,000。此處,重量平均分子量及分子量 疋藉由使用 TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G20〇〇HxL (均為東槽(股)製造的商品名)的管柱的凝 膠’參透層析(Gel Permeation Chromatography ’ GPC)分析 裝置’利用溶劑四氫呋喃(Tetrahydro furan,THF )、示差 折射計檢測的聚苯乙烯換算所表示的分子量。 以下,示出上述可作為水平配向劑而用於本發明中的 含氟脂肪族基的共聚物的具體結構的例子,但不限於以下 的具體例。再者,式中的數字表示各單體成分的重量比率。 Mw表示重量平均分子量。 [化 30] 51 201113332 κ4Lending ~X2-(CH2)q-(CF2)n · F Ο In the formula (IX), χ2 represents a substituent represented by -Ο-, -S- or -N(R222)-, and q represents 1~8 The integer. More preferably, X2 is -〇- or -N(R222)_, most preferably -Ο- 〇p is more preferably 1~6' and further preferably 1~3°R2 and nl are as described in the above formula (V) R2 and nl have the same meanings, respectively, and the preferred range is also the same. Further, R222 has the same meaning as R222 described in the formula (VIII). Next, the polymerization unit of the guanamine group-containing monomer represented by the formula (VI) will be described. In the above formula (VI), R3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a fluorenyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. RW and Rn each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having a carbon number. These substituents may further have a substituent. Further, it is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an aromatic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Further, Rl〇 and rU may be bonded to each other to form a heterocyclic ring, which may be exemplified by a pyrididine ring, a piperidine ring, a morpholine ring, or the like. . &amp; The fluoroaliphatic-based copolymer of the human/horizontal alignment agent may contain 3 kinds of reduced-density trees and monomers containing 醯县(4) as poly 兀', and may also contain _above# 50 201113332 A copolymer containing one or more other monomers copolymerizable as a t-bonding unit may be used. Other types of monomers which can be copolymerized can be used in the monomers described in Polymer Handbook 2nd ed., j. Brandrup, Wiley Interscience (1975) Chapter 2 Page 1 to 483. For example, a compound having one addition polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from the group consisting of acrylates, methacrylic acids, methyl acrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, and the like Wait. The fluorine-containing aliphatic group-containing copolymer used as the above-mentioned horizontal alignment agent preferably has a weight average molecular weight of from 2,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 3,000 to 80,000', still more preferably from 4,000 to 60,000. Here, the weight average molecular weight and the molecular weight 凝胶 gel permeation chromatography (Gel Permeation Chromatography) using a column of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, TSKgel G20 〇〇HxL (trade names manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) 'GPC) analysis device 'Molecular weight expressed in terms of polystyrene detected by a solvent tetrahydrofuran (THF) or a differential refractometer. Hereinafter, an example of the specific structure of the above-mentioned fluorine-containing aliphatic group-containing copolymer which can be used as a horizontal alignment agent in the present invention is shown, but it is not limited to the following specific examples. Further, the numbers in the formula represent the weight ratio of each monomer component. Mw represents a weight average molecular weight. [化30] 51 201113332 κ4

q-O-Ct^-CCF^miH 0 10£Hc 0-R” 〇 R'u m1 Rl R3 R11 R,u X Uv P-1 4 ch3 H CH, ch3 60 1.9X10* P-2 4 H H ⑶3 CHS 80 1.4X104 P-3 6 H H CHa CHa 70 2.8X104 P-4 β H H 〇h3 0¾ 80 1.6X104 P-5 6 H H ch3 CHg 90 1.8X104 P-6 8 H H CH, ch3 7B 8.2X103 P 7 a U II cu, CH3 95 4 6X10^ P-8 G H H C3Hs 册 I.KX104 P'9 6 CH, CA(n) Wn) 80 1.9X104 P-10 6 H H CH2CH20CH3 CH2CH2〇CH;1 90 1.2X:04 [化 31]qO-Ct^-CCF^miH 0 10£Hc 0-R" 〇R'u m1 Rl R3 R11 R,u X Uv P-1 4 ch3 H CH, ch3 60 1.9X10* P-2 4 HH (3)3 CHS 80 1.4X104 P-3 6 HH CHa CHa 70 2.8X104 P-4 β HH 〇h3 03⁄4 80 1.6X104 P-5 6 HH ch3 CHg 90 1.8X104 P-6 8 HH CH, ch3 7B 8.2X103 P 7 a U II cu , CH3 95 4 6X10^ P-8 GHH C3Hs Book I.KX104 P'9 6 CH, CA(n) Wn) 80 1.9X104 P-10 6 HH CH2CH20CH3 CH2CH2〇CH;1 90 1.2X:04 [Chem. 31]

r3 (cHa-C- 100-x C-〇-CH2CH2-(CF2)riF ζ-IJi-R11 0 0心。 丨n丨 R2 R3 R11 K,0 X Mw P-11 4 CH, H CH, CH, 55 8. 8X10S F-12 4 H H CH3 CHg 40 1.3X104 P-13 6 11 H CH, ch3 40 1.7X10' P-14 6 H H CK3 CH, 35 2. 1X 104 P-15 e H H ch3 ch3 45 9.0X10S P-16 8 H H ch3 CH, 30 1.5X104 P-17 6 H H 吼 CA 40 1.5X10* P*18 6 CHS ch3 C^,{n) 〇Λω 40 1.9X10* P-19 6 11 H C_20CH3 CH^HOCHa 40 l^XlO1 P-20 6 H H ch2_h CH^C^OH 40 1.1X104 [化 32] 52 201113332R3 (cHa-C- 100-x C-〇-CH2CH2-(CF2)riF ζ-IJi-R11 0 0 heart. 丨n丨R2 R3 R11 K,0 X Mw P-11 4 CH, H CH, CH, 55 8. 8X10S F-12 4 HH CH3 CHg 40 1.3X104 P-13 6 11 H CH, ch3 40 1.7X10' P-14 6 HH CK3 CH, 35 2. 1X 104 P-15 e HH ch3 ch3 45 9.0X10S P-16 8 HH ch3 CH, 30 1.5X104 P-17 6 HH 吼CA 40 1.5X10* P*18 6 CHS ch3 C^,{n) 〇Λω 40 1.9X10* P-19 6 11 H C_20CH3 CH^HOCHa 40 l^XlO1 P-20 6 HH ch2_h CH^C^OH 40 1.1X104 [化32] 52 201113332

a b Y R'1 K3 R11 X Mv ?~2l l 1 H n 叫 (ch2)4 80 】.5X104 P-22 ] 6 H H H ((¾). 85 1. 3X10· P-23 L 6 H H H (cHs)ao(ay3 80 1.SX104 P-24 2 4 F H Cil3 (ch})4 45 I. 2X104 P-25 2 6 F H H (chs)5 35 1.6X104 P-26 2 6 F H H (cig2o (cig: 40 2. 3XI04 P-27 3 6 F H H (ch2)8 40 1.7X101 P-28 6 6 P CH, ch3 (CHjisOtCH,), 40 1. 9X104 [化 33]Ab Y R'1 K3 R11 X Mv ?~2l l 1 H n Called (ch2)4 80 】.5X104 P-22 ] 6 HHH ((3⁄4). 85 1. 3X10· P-23 L 6 HHH (cHs) Ao(ay3 80 1.SX104 P-24 2 4 FH Cil3 (ch})4 45 I. 2X104 P-25 2 6 FHH (chs)5 35 1.6X104 P-26 2 6 FHH (cig2o (cig: 40 2. 3XI04 P-27 3 6 FHH (ch2)8 40 1.7X101 P-28 6 6 P CH, ch3 (CHjisOtCH,), 40 1. 9X104 [Chem. 33]

R41 t I \ C-O-tCHjJ-iCF^Y &lt;f;-H-R11 Ό 〇 a b Y R41 R3 R11 X Mw P-29 1 4 H H CK, CcH,» 90 2.0X10* F^30 1 6 H H H 85 1.3X104 P-31 1 6 H H 11 CH2CH2Ph 80 l. 8X10' P-32 2 4 F H Cfl3 C4H,(n) 45 2. 7X10^ P-33 2 6 F H H c_3), 40 1.8X104 P-34 2 6 F H CCCHjijCHsCOCH, 25 1.8X10^ P-35 3 6 F H H CHjOC/^Cn) 40 1.7X104 P-36 6 6 F CII3 0¾ Wt) 45 1.9X104 [化 34] 53 201113332R41 t I \ CO-tCHjJ-iCF^Y &lt;f;-H-R11 Ό 〇ab Y R41 R3 R11 X Mw P-29 1 4 HH CK, CcH,» 90 2.0X10* F^30 1 6 HHH 85 1.3X104 P-31 1 6 HH 11 CH2CH2Ph 80 l. 8X10' P-32 2 4 FH Cfl3 C4H, (n) 45 2. 7X10^ P-33 2 6 FHH c_3), 40 1.8X104 P-34 2 6 FH CCCHjijCHsCOCH, 25 1.8X10^ P-35 3 6 FHH CHjOC/^Cn) 40 1.7X104 P-36 6 6 F CII3 03⁄4 Wt) 45 1.9X104 [化34] 53 201113332

r ! n* R3 'R:1&quot;&quot; H'° X m P-37 4 H H CHj CH, 45 1.1X10* P-38 4 H H H 40 1.3X104 P 39 6 H H CH, cua 40 1.8X10, P-40 6 CM, H cn, CH, 35 2.7X10* P-41 6 H H H c 咖 s&gt;a 40 1. 4X10* P 42 6 H H , H 0(01,),01,000¾ 40 1.9X104 P-43 6 11 K (ag8o(cigx 40 1. 7X10* p-44 B Cll, cn3 Ws 45 1.8X10* 注)P-43、P-44表示R1G與R11鍵結而形成環的例子。 [化 35] ' i MOO-x ^ R3 -(cHj-cjr ! n* R3 'R:1&quot;&quot; H'° X m P-37 4 HH CHj CH, 45 1.1X10* P-38 4 HHH 40 1.3X104 P 39 6 HH CH, cua 40 1.8X10, P- 40 6 CM, H cn, CH, 35 2.7X10* P-41 6 HHH c coffee s&gt;a 40 1. 4X10* P 42 6 HH , H 0(01,), 01,0003⁄4 40 1.9X104 P-43 6 11 K (ag8o(cigx 40 1. 7X10* p-44 B Cll, cn3 Ws 45 1.8X10* Note) P-43, P-44 represent an example in which R1G and R11 are bonded to form a ring. [Chem. 35] ' i MOO -x ^ R3 -(cHj-cj

I I H ^-o-cHjCHj-iCFjjcCFfCF^ Ο 0 R)0 f C R? R3 R,! RIO X Mw P-45 4 H H CHa Cl^ 45 3. 3X101 P-46 4 H H If CIKCH,), 40 l.bXlO* P-47 6 B » ch3 (¾ 40 1.6X10, 6 CH, Π H CHCCH,), 40 2.4X10, P-49 6 H H (ciy.to &lt;ciga 40 1.7X10&quot; 注)P-49表示R1G與R11鍵結而形成環的例子。 [化 36] 54 201113332 P-60 :~~—_ _ 結構 Mw ^CHr|H-hr &quot;(οη,-οη)^-—(ch.ch)^ f-O-CHKCFsfeH p-O-CHaCH^CF^F C-IJt-CH, 〇 0 n rn 1.7X10* P-51 卜52 jr'O-CHsCH^CF,)^ f-M-CH* C-0-CH3 ° 〇 CH* g '·&quot;····.‘------------________··... 2.0X101 •fc,七--{chs^h}^—(cn,-c-)^ ^-O-C^CHiCCFjJeF C-N-CH» c-o-ch, 0 0 CH, g 2.5X10* 此外’亦可選擇日本專利特開2〇〇5_99248號公報、曰 本專利特開2005-134884號公報、曰本專利特開 2006-126768號公報、日本專利特開2006-267183號公報中 記載的水平配向劑。 本發明中,上述水平配向劑可僅使用一種,亦可使用 兩種=上。上述水平配向劑於上述二色性色素組成物中的 添加里相對於上述液晶性偶氮色素的添加量而較佳為〇 ^ 峨〜1G Wt%,更佳為〇·5 wt%〜1Q加%,特 〇 〜5wt%。 . wt/〇 糖類: 類。添加糖 果 可提高色素的分子配向 可使用的糖類可列舉單糖 , L t 二糖、多糖及糖醇類篝的 掩的竹生物。糖射,當發揮本發_效果時, 55 201113332 ^性的觀點而言,以經基通常為2個以上、較佳為3個以 、,較佳為18以下、更佳為12以下的糖類為佳。若經基 =多則與色素_互作用過強而析出,有損色素膜的酉= ‘,故欠佳,若羥基過少則與色素的相互作用不充分,益 法使配向性提昇,故欠佳。 …、 所使用的糖類的分子量較佳為1,000以下,更佳為700 以^。若糖類的分子量過大,貝4可能與色素發生相分離而 有損色素膜的配向性,因而欠佳。 ^所使用的糖類的碳數通常為36以下,較佳為24以下。 若糖類的碳數過多,則糖類的分子量變大,由此可能與偶 氮色素發生相分離而有損色素膜的配向性,因而欠佳。 本發明中所用的糖類中,單糖、低聚糖、單糖醇由於 滿足上述最適羥基數、分子量範圍,故較佳。 單糖例如可列舉:木糖(Xyl〇se)、核糖(rib〇se)、葡 萄糖(glucose)、果糖(fructose)、甘露糖(mann〇se)、山 梨糖(sorbose)、半乳糖(galactose)等。 低聚糖例如可列舉:海藻糖(trehalose )、曲二糖 (kojibiose )、黑曲黴二糖(nigerose )、麥芽糖(maltose )、 麥芽二糖(maltotriose )、異麥芽三糖(isomaltotriose )、麥 牙四糖、異麥芽糖、槐糖(sophorose ),昆布二糖 (laminaribiose )、纖維二糖(ceii〇bi〇se )、龍膽二糖 (gentiobiose)、乳糖(lact〇se)、蔗糖(sucrose)、蜜二糖 (melibiose )、芸香二糖(rutinose )、櫻草糖(primeverose )、 松二糖(turanose)、潘糖(panose)、異潘糖(isopanose)、 56 201113332 .截、’隹一糖(cellotriose)、甘露三糖(mannino’triose )、蘇三 糖(solatriose)、松三糖(meiezitose)、車前糖(piante〇se )、 龍膽一糖(gentianose )、傘形糖(umbelliferose )、棉籽糖 (raffinose)、水蘇糖(stachy〇se)等。 糖醇例如可列舉:四碳糖醇(threit〇1 )、木糖醇 (Xyllt〇1)、核醣醇(ribitol)、阿拉伯糖醇(arabinit〇l)、 山梨糖醇(sorbitol)、麥芽糖醇等將上述單糖及低聚糖還 原所得的化合物。 糖類特佳可列舉木糖、甘露糖、麥芽糖、麥芽三糖、 阿拉伯糖醇。 糖類、轉類分別存在光學異構物,於4 發明中所用的組成物中可分別單獨制,亦可包含兩方。 另外,糖類於本發明的組成物中可單獨使用―種,亦可 兩種以上組合使用。 、 ^發明巾所用的組成物中,糖麵對於上述液晶性偉 含量以重量比計較佳為0.1以上、1以下的範圍, 住為Μ上特佳為0.3以上,且更佳為0.7以下,相 體的配提則可不降低㈣ 防黴劑、抗菌劑及殺菌劑: 具有防:月:Ϊ用的亡述二色性色素組成物中,亦可添办 添加該此及殺菌中的至少任—功能的化學劑。藉逢 具二添加劑,可使雜錢的保存穩定性提昇。 本說明書中,所謂「具有防黴、抗菌及殺菌# 57 201113332 -----Γ-1 至少任一功能的化學劑」,是指具有抑制黴菌的產生•生育· 增殖的防黴能力、使微生物死絕的殺菌能力、抑制微生物 的產生•生育•增殖的抗菌能力的至少任一功能的化學劑。 可使用公知的防黴劑、殺菌劑、抗菌劑。其中,較佳為不 使由上述組成物形成的偏光子的光學特性下降的的防黴 劑、殺菌劑、抗菌劑。本發明可使用的具有防黴、抗菌及 殺菌中的至少任一功能的化學劑例如可列舉:先前的 2,4,4 -二氣-2’-經基二苯(2,4,4’-trichloro-2’-hydroxy diphenyl)等的酚系、二氧化氯等的氯系、碘等的碘系、 氟化苯二曱烴銨(benzalkonium chloride)等的四級銨鹽系 等。 …、 另外’以 1,2-苯幷異噻唑啉-3-酮 (1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one )作為有效成分的化學劑亦可 列舉 ProxelBDN、ProxelBD20、ProxelGXL、ProxelLV、 Proxel XL、Proxel XL2、Proxel UltralO (以上為 Avecia 公 司製造的商品名),以聚六亞曱基雙胍二鹽酸鹽 (polyhexametylene biguanide hydrochloride)作為有效成 分的化學劑亦可列舉proxel IB (Avecia公司製造的商品 名),以二硫代_2,2’·雙(苯曱基醯胺) (Dithio-2,2’-bis(benzmertiylamide))作為有效成分的化學 品亦可列舉Densil P ( Avecia公司製造的商品名)。 另外’下述化合物特別以極微量而表現出抗菌效果, 故特佳。IIH ^-o-cHjCHj-iCFjjcCFfCF^ Ο 0 R)0 f CR? R3 R,! RIO X Mw P-45 4 HH CHa Cl^ 45 3. 3X101 P-46 4 HH If CIKCH,), 40 l.bXlO * P-47 6 B » ch3 (3⁄4 40 1.6X10, 6 CH, Π H CHCCH,), 40 2.4X10, P-49 6 HH (ciy.to &lt;ciga 40 1.7X10&quot; Note) P-49 means R1G An example of bonding to R11 to form a ring. 54 201113332 P-60 :~~—_ _ Structure Mw ^CHr|H-hr &quot;(οη,-οη)^-—(ch.ch)^ fO-CHKCFsfeH pO-CHaCH^CF^F C-IJt-CH, 〇0 n rn 1.7X10* P-51 卜52 jr'O-CHsCH^CF,)^ fM-CH* C-0-CH3 ° 〇CH* g '·&quot;···· .'------------________··... 2.0X101 •fc, seven--{chs^h}^—(cn,-c-)^ ^-OC^CHiCCFjJeF CN- CH»co-ch, 0 0 CH, g 2.5X10* In addition, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2〇〇5_99248, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-134884, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-126768 The horizontal alignment agent described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2006-267183. In the present invention, the above-mentioned horizontal alignment agent may be used alone or in combination of two types. The amount of the above-mentioned horizontal alignment agent added to the above-mentioned dichroic dye composition is preferably 〇 峨 〜 1 G Wt%, more preferably 〇·5 wt% to 1 Q plus the amount of the liquid crystal azo dye added. %, special ~ 5wt%. . wt/〇 Sugar: Class. Adding sugar fruit can improve the molecular alignment of the pigment. The sugars which can be used include monosaccharides, L t disaccharides, polysaccharides and sugar alcohols. In the case of the sugar shot, when the effect of the present invention is exerted, it is usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, preferably 18 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. It is better. If the base is too large, the interaction with the dye _ is too strong and precipitates, which is detrimental to the 酉 = ' of the pigment film, so it is not good. If the hydroxy group is too small, the interaction with the dye is insufficient, and the benefit is improved. good. The molecular weight of the saccharide to be used is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 700 or more. If the molecular weight of the saccharide is too large, the shell 4 may be separated from the pigmentation to impair the alignment of the pigment film, which is not preferable. The carbon number of the saccharide to be used is usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less. When the carbon number of the saccharide is too large, the molecular weight of the saccharide becomes large, which may cause phase separation from the azo dye to impair the alignment property of the pigment film, which is not preferable. Among the saccharides used in the present invention, monosaccharides, oligosaccharides, and monosaccharides are preferred because they satisfy the above-described optimum number of hydroxyl groups and molecular weight. Examples of the monosaccharide include xylose (series), ribosese, glucose, fructose, mannosese, sorbose, and galactose. Wait. Examples of the oligosaccharide include trehalose, kojibiose, nigerose, maltose, maltotriose, and isomaltotriose. Wheat tooth tetrasaccharide, isomaltose, sophorose, laminaribiose, cellobiose (ceii〇bi〇se), gentiobiose, lactose (lact〇se), sucrose ), melibiose, rutinose, primeverose, turanose, panose, isopanose, 56 201113332. cut, '隹Cellotriose, mannino'triose, solatriose, meiezitose, piante〇se, gentianose, umbelliferous Umbelliferose), raffinose, stachy〇se, etc. Examples of the sugar alcohol include tetraether alcohol (threit®), xylitol (Xyllt®), ribitol, arabinitol, sorbitol, maltitol, and the like. A compound obtained by reducing the above monosaccharide and oligosaccharide. Particularly preferred sugars are xylose, mannose, maltose, maltotriose, and arabitol. Optical isomers are present in the saccharides and the genus, and the compositions used in the invention may be separately prepared or may be contained in two. Further, the saccharide may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in the composition of the present invention. In the composition for the invention of the invention, the sugar surface is preferably in a range of 0.1 or more and 1 or less by weight of the liquid crystal content, and particularly preferably 0.3 or more, and more preferably 0.7 or less. The body can not be reduced (4) Anti-mold agent, anti-bacterial agent and fungicide: It has anti-month: the use of the dichroic pigment composition in the death, it can also add at least one of the addition and sterilization. Functional chemical agent. By using two additives, the storage stability of miscellaneous money can be improved. In the present specification, the term "chemical agent having at least one function" is used to prevent mold growth, fertility, and proliferation. A chemical agent that inhibits the bactericidal ability of microorganisms, inhibits the production of microorganisms, and has at least any function of the antibacterial ability of growth and proliferation. A known antifungal agent, bactericide, and antibacterial agent can be used. Among them, a mold inhibitor, a bactericide, and an antibacterial agent which do not lower the optical characteristics of the polarizer formed of the above composition are preferable. The chemical agent which can be used in the present invention having at least any one of the functions of mold prevention, antibacterial and sterilization can be exemplified by the prior 2,4,4-di-2'-pyridylbiphenyl (2,4,4' a phenol type such as -trichloro-2'-hydroxy diphenyl), a chlorine system such as chlorine dioxide, an iodine system such as iodine, or a quaternary ammonium salt such as benzalkonium chloride. ..., another chemical agent containing 1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one (1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one) as an active ingredient may also be listed as Proxel BDN, Proxel BD 20, Proxel GXL, Proxel LV, Proxel XL, Proxel. XL2, Proxel UltralO (the above-mentioned trade name of Avecia), and a chemical agent containing polyhexametylene biguanide hydrochloride as an active ingredient may also be referred to as proxel IB (trade name manufactured by Avecia). For chemicals containing Dithio-2,2'-bis(benzmertiylamide) as an active ingredient, Densil P (trade name manufactured by Avecia) can also be cited. ). Further, the following compounds are particularly excellent in exhibiting an antibacterial effect in a very small amount.

No.化合物名 58 201113332 1· 2-氣曱基-5-氣-3-異噻唑_ (2-chloromethyl-5-chloro-3-isothiazol〇ne ) 2. 2-氰基曱基-5-氣-3-異σ塞嗤酉同 3. 2-羥基曱基-5-氣-3-異噻唑酮 4. 2-(3-曱基環己基)·3_異嗟唾酮 5. 2-(4-氟本基)·4,5·二氣-3-異嚷唆酉同 6. 2-(4-乙基笨基)-3-異β塞嗤酮 7· 2-(4·硝基苯基)·5_氣_3_異售η坐酮 8. 2-氣曱基-3-異嗔π坐嗣 9· 2-曱氧基本基-4-曱基-5-氣-3-異嗟π坐酮 10. 2-嗎琳基曱基-5-氣-3-異售唾_ 片該些化合物例如可參考日本專利特開平2-278號公報 等來合成,亦可利用商品名為Tribactran (Hoechst公司勢 造)等的市售品。 另外,本發明中可使用的具有防黴、抗菌及殺菌的至 少任一功能的化學劑可單獨使用或將兩種以上組合使用。 上述具有防黴、抗菌及殺菌的至少任一功能的化學劑 於上述组成物中的含量並無特職定,通常為G.Gl wt%以 上,較佳為G.OGlwt%以上,另—方面,通常為。5糾%以 了 ’較佳為0.3 wt%以下。若具有_、抗菌及殺菌的至 &gt;、任-功能的化學劑的含量在上述範圍,料獲得充分的 防黴、抗菌或殺菌效果而不發生化學_析出或成膜時的 相分離等。 電子不足的(Electron-Deficient)盤狀化合物及富含 59 2011133¾ 電子的(Electron-Rich)化合物: 為了使藉由本發明的方法而獲得的偏光子具有高的偏 光度,上述組成物較佳為含有電子不足的 (Electron-Deficient )盤狀化合物及富含電子的 (EleCtron-Rich)化合物。電子不足的(Electr〇n Deficient) 盤狀化合物及富含電子(Electron-Rich)化合物例如可使 用曰本專利特開2006-323377中記載的化合物。 於將組成物整體設定為1〇〇重量份時,上述組成物中 =電子不足的(Electron-Deficient)盤狀化合物的比例通 常為0.1重量份以上、較佳為〇2重量份以上,且通常為 5〇重量份以下、較佳為4〇重量份以下的範圍。若上述化 合物的比例為該翻,則不會使組成物的作為溶液产 過剩增大,可獲得添加效果。 又 另外 於將組成物整體設定為100重量份時,上述組 成物中的富含電子的(EleefRieh)化合物的比例通常 為50重量份以下、較佳為40重量份以下的範圍。若上 =合物的比例為該範圍,則不會使組成物的 度過剩增大,可獲得添加效果。 夜的黏 溶劑: 上述. 色性色素組成物較佳為製備成塗佈液。 劑較佳為有機溶劑。可使用的有心 如二甲括 (例如N,N_二甲基甲醯胺)、亞碾(例 土亞砜)、雜環化合物(例如吡啶)、烴(例如笨、 本己烷)、齒化烷烴(例如氯仿、二氣甲烷)、酯(例 201113332 如乙酸甲砂、,μ 醚(例如二欠丁醋)、酮(例如丙酮、甲基乙基酮)、 ,及^㉛咳喃、1,2·二甲氧基乙烧)。較佳為烴、鹵化 处亦可併用兩種以上的有機溶劑。 限告itt色性色素組成物的塗佈液的製備方法並無特別 而別^由將上述—種以上的液晶性偶氮色素及視需要 Λ 種以上的上述添加劑(例如界面活性劑、水平 溶解於溶劑中來製備。再者,塗佈液中各成分 亦可未元全溶解,亦可為分散等的狀態。 上述一色性色素組成物較佳為製備成總固體成分的濃 度為〇.i:io wt%左右的塗佈液,更佳為〇 5 wt%〜5 « 左右若製備成该濃度範圍的塗佈液,則可穩定地藉由濕 式製膜法來形成偏光層。 (2)光吸收異方性膜的製造方法 本發明的光吸收異方性膜的製造方法的一例如下。 將製備成塗佈液的上述二色性色素組成物塗佈於表面 而幵/成塗膜。塗佈法可進行旋塗法(Spin c〇ating meth〇d )、 凹版印刷法(gravure printing method )、柔版印刷法 (flexographic printing method )、喷墨法(ink-jet method )、 模塗法(die coating method )、cap coating method、浸潰等 公知慣用的方法。通常塗佈經有機溶劑稀釋的溶液,故塗 佈後使其乾燥而獲得光配向膜用塗膜。 使有機溶劑等的溶質自上述二色性色素組成物的塗膜 蒸發,而使上述二色性色素組成物配向。較佳為於室溫下 進行自然乾燥。較佳為不擾亂藉由塗佈而形成的該偶氮色 61 201113332 素分子的配向狀態(避免熱弛料)。再者,於減壓處 使溶劑蒸發並於更低的溫度下乾燥亦較佳。 此處所謂減壓處理,是指將具有塗膜的基板置於減壓 =下並將,發去除。此時,具有膜的基板較佳為水 平放置以不自向部向底部流動。 好,^^至開始塗膜的減壓處理為止的時間越短越 好#父佳為1秒以上、3〇秒以内。 ,壓處理的方法例如可列舉以下的各種方法。將No. Compound name 58 201113332 1· 2-Gasyl-5-ox-3-isothiazol-2-(2-chloromethyl-5-chloro-3-isothiazol〇ne) 2. 2-Cyanoindenyl-5-gas -3-Iso-sigma oxime with 3. 2-hydroxyindolyl-5-gas-3-isothiazolone 4. 2-(3-indolylcyclohexyl)·3_isoindosin 5. 2-( 4-fluorobenzyl)·4,5·dioxa-3-isoindole with 6. 2-(4-ethylphenyl)-3-iso-beta ketoxime 7· 2-(4·nitro Phenyl)·5_gas_3_isovalent η ketone 8. 2-Gasyl-3-isoindole π 嗣9·2-decyloxybenyl-4-mercapto-5- -3-嗟 嗟 坐 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该It is a commercial item such as Tribactran (Hoechst Corporation). Further, the chemical agents having at least one of the functions of the mold, the antibacterial, and the sterilizing which can be used in the present invention may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The chemical agent having at least one of the functions of preventing mildew, antibacterial and bactericidal is not specifically required in the above composition, and is usually G.Gl wt% or more, preferably G.OGlwt% or more, and other aspects. , usually. 5 correction % is preferably '0.3 wt% or less. If the content of the chemical agent having _, antibacterial and bactericidal to &gt; and any function is in the above range, a sufficient anti-mildew, antibacterial or bactericidal effect can be obtained without chemical-precipitation or phase separation at the time of film formation. Electron-Deficient discotic compound and compound enriched in 59 20111333⁄4 electron (Electron-Rich): In order to obtain a high degree of polarization of the polarizer obtained by the method of the present invention, the above composition preferably contains Electron-Deficient discotic compounds and electron-rich (EleCtron-Rich) compounds. The electron-deficient (Electr〇n Deficient) discotic compound and the electron-rich (Electron-Rich) compound can be, for example, the compound described in JP-A-2006-323377. When the entire composition is set to 1 part by weight, the ratio of the electron-deficient (Electron-Deficient) discotic compound in the above composition is usually 0.1 part by weight or more, preferably 2 parts by weight or more, and usually It is a range of 5 parts by weight or less, preferably 4 parts by weight or less. When the ratio of the above compound is this, the effect of the addition of the composition as a solution is not increased, and an additive effect can be obtained. When the total amount of the composition is 100 parts by weight, the ratio of the electron-rich (EleefRieh) compound in the above composition is usually 50 parts by weight or less, preferably 40 parts by weight or less. If the ratio of the upper compound is within this range, the degree of the composition is not excessively increased, and an additive effect can be obtained. Nighttime Solvent: The above-mentioned coloring pigment composition is preferably prepared as a coating liquid. The agent is preferably an organic solvent. Can be used as a heart (such as N, N-dimethylformamide), sub-milling (such as sulfoxide), heterocyclic compounds (such as pyridine), hydrocarbons (such as stupid, hexane), teeth Alkanes (eg chloroform, di-methane), esters (eg 201113332 such as methyl acetate, μ ether (eg di-butyl vinegar), ketones (eg acetone, methyl ethyl ketone), and ^31 cough, 1,2·Dimethoxyethane). It is preferred to use two or more organic solvents in combination with a hydrocarbon or a halogenation. The method for preparing a coating liquid for limiting the coloring of the coloring dye composition is not particularly limited, and the above-mentioned liquid crystal azo dye and the above-mentioned additives (for example, a surfactant, a horizontal solution) are dissolved. Further, the components in the coating liquid may be completely dissolved or may be in a state of dispersion, etc. The one-color pigment composition is preferably prepared to have a total solid content concentration of 〇.i. : io wt% of the coating liquid, more preferably 〇 5 wt% 〜 5 « When a coating liquid having a concentration range is prepared, the polarizing layer can be stably formed by a wet film forming method. (Method for Producing Light-Absorbing Anisotropic Film) An example of a method for producing a light-absorbing foreign-islet film of the present invention is as follows: The above-mentioned dichroic dye composition prepared as a coating liquid is applied onto a surface to form a coating film. The coating method can be performed by spin coating (Spin c〇ating meth〇d), gravure printing method, flexographic printing method, ink-jet method, and die coating. Die coating method, cap coating method, A method which is conventionally used, such as crushing, is usually applied, and a solution diluted with an organic solvent is usually applied, and after drying, a coating film for a photo-alignment film is obtained. A solute such as an organic solvent is applied from the coating film of the dichroic dye composition. Evaporating to align the dichroic dye composition. It is preferred to carry out natural drying at room temperature. It is preferred not to disturb the alignment state of the azo color 61 201113332 molecule formed by coating (avoiding heat Further, it is preferred to evaporate the solvent under reduced pressure and to dry at a lower temperature. The term "reduced pressure treatment" as used herein means placing the substrate having the coating film under reduced pressure = and At this time, the substrate having the film is preferably placed horizontally so as not to flow from the portion to the bottom portion. Preferably, the time until the start of the pressure reduction treatment of the coating film is as short as possible. #父佳为1秒以上Within 3 sec. The method of the pressure treatment includes, for example, the following various methods.

=的塗佈所得的塗膜與其基板一併放入至減壓處理J ==減壓處理。例如可使用日本專利特開纖·2〇咖 的減壓處理裝置姻處理裝置的詳細内 今疋圯载於日本專利特開2004_169975號公報中。 佳為處理的條件’塗膜所存在的體系内的勤較 ίί 以下,更佳為lxlG4pa以下,特佳為wo、 =下。另外,較佳為i Pa以上,更佳為1χΐ〇1以 吊較佳為體系内最終達到的壓力如上。。通The coating film obtained by the coating of = was placed together with the substrate to a reduced pressure treatment J == reduced pressure treatment. For example, a detailed description of a pressure-reducing device for a pressure-reducing device can be used in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2004-169975. Conditions for the treatment of the film's existence in the system ίί below, better than lxlG4pa below, especially good for wo, = down. Further, it is preferably i Pa or more, more preferably 1 χΐ〇 1 to hang, preferably the pressure finally reached in the system as above. . through

能無法乾㈣擾亂§⑽,若 7 J 速而產生缺陷。 貝乾無過於急 若超過上限:則;'】=:::、:二广秒以内。 配向另r下限,則可能=錢 =向塗膜而擾亂 二:=的體系内的溫度較佳為10t以上、 生不均勺性,於則乾燥時引起對流而塗膜可能產 不价生’右低於下限’則可能無法乾私擾亂配向。 62 201113332 使上述塗膜乾燥而使二色性色素組成物配向時,亦可 加溫以促進配向。溫度較佳為50〇C以上、200〇C以下,特 佳為、18(rc以下。為了使該配向溫度下降,亦 可於一色性色素組成物中併用塑化劑等的添加劑。 例如’若將上述二色性色素組成物塗佈於上述光配向 膜表面’則一種以上的液晶性偶氮色素的分子於與配向膜 的界面處以配向膜的傾角而配向,於與空氣的界面處以空 氣界面的傾角而配向。為了製造偏光度高的偏光層,較佳 為於任-界面處均使偶氮色素水平配向,並固定為該配向 狀態。 再者,本說明書中,所謂「傾角」,是指偶氮色素的分 子的長軸方向與界面(配向财面或空氣界面)所成的角 度。就偏光性能的觀點而言,較佳的配向膜側的傾角為〇。 〜10。’更佳為0。〜5。’特佳為〇。〜2。,進而佳$ 〇。〜1〇。 另外,較佳的空氣界面側的傾角為0。〜10。,更佳為0。〜 5。,特佳為〇。〜2。。 ’ 、為了使上述液晶性偶氮色素的分子的空氣界面側的傾 角減^至上述範圍’上述組成純佳為含有:⑴通式㈤) 所表示的含IU旨肪絲的化合物;或⑵含有選自由通式 (IV)或(V)所表示的含氟脂職基的單體的聚合單元、 及通式(VI)絲示的含醯胺基的單體的聚合單摘組成 的且群中的至V帛聚合單元的含氟脂肪族基的共聚物。 藉由在該些化合物的至少—種的存在下使液晶性偶氮色素 分子配向,可使空氣界面側的傾角減小至上述範圍。 63Can not do (4) disturb § (10), if 7 J speed and produce defects. Began is not too urgent If the upper limit is exceeded: then; '] =:::,: Within two seconds. If the lower limit of the other r is assigned, it may be = money = disturbed to the coating film. The temperature in the system is preferably 10t or more, and the unevenness of the raw material is caused by convection when drying, and the film may not be produced. If the right is below the lower limit, it may not be able to disturb the alignment. 62 201113332 When the coating film is dried to align the dichroic dye composition, it may be heated to promote alignment. The temperature is preferably 50 〇C or more and 200 〇C or less, particularly preferably 18 (rc or less.) In order to lower the alignment temperature, an additive such as a plasticizer may be used in combination with the one-color pigment composition. When the dichroic dye composition is applied to the surface of the photo-alignment film, molecules of one or more liquid crystalline azo dyes are aligned at an interface with the alignment film at an inclination angle of the alignment film, and an air interface is formed at an interface with air. In order to produce a polarizing layer having a high degree of polarization, it is preferred to align the azo dye level at any of the interfaces and fix it to the alignment state. Further, in the present specification, the "tilt angle" is It refers to the angle formed by the long axis direction of the molecule of the azo dye and the interface (alignment surface or air interface). From the viewpoint of polarizing performance, the preferred angle of the alignment film side is 〇. ~10. It is 0. ~5. 'Specially good for 〇.~2., and then better $ 〇.~1〇. In addition, the preferred air interface side has an inclination of 0. ~10., more preferably 0. ~ 5. , especially good for 〇. ~2.., in order to make The inclination angle of the air interface side of the molecule of the liquid crystal azo dye is reduced to the above range. The above composition is preferably a compound containing: (1) the compound containing IU of the formula (5); or (2) containing a compound selected from the formula a polymerization unit of a fluorine-containing aliphatic group-containing monomer represented by (IV) or (V), and a mercapto-amine-containing monomer represented by the formula (VI), and a group of V to a group A fluorinated aliphatic group-containing copolymer of a fluorene polymerization unit. By aligning the liquid crystalline azo dye molecules in the presence of at least one of these compounds, the inclination angle on the air interface side can be reduced to the above range. 63

201113332 -----jt-I —再者,與空氣界面側傾角相比較,配向膜側傾角具有 错由配向朗仙^減小的傾向,藉由在上述組成物中添 加上述配向膜傾角控制劑,可進—步減小配向膜側傾角,'、 使偶氮色素分子穩定為水平配向狀態。 於上述一色性色素組成物含有上述非液晶性的自由基 聚合性多官能賴及上《合起始解的硬紐成分的ί 樣下,較佳為使偶氮色素分子成為所需的配向狀態後,夢 由光照射(難騎外線騎)或加熱、或者該些方法^ 組合來進行聚合硬化。 再者,關於用以進行聚合的光照射能量的值等,可参 照日本專利制臟叫川號公報的段 聋 [0051]的記載。 ^ 可如以上般形成偏光層。該偏光層的厚度較佳為001 μηι〜2 μιη,更佳為 〇.05 μηι〜2 μιη。 (3 )配向膜 本發明的光吸收異方性膜的製造中,較佳為利用配向 膜。本發明巾湘的配向膜只要可於該配向膜上使上述液 晶性偶氮色素的分子成為所需的配向狀態,則可為任音、的 層。例如可藉由有機化合物(較佳為聚合物)的對膜表面 的摩擦處理、無機化合物的斜向蒸鍍、具有微槽 (mlcrogroove)的層的形成、或利用蘭慕爾-布羅吉 (Langmuir_Blodgett)法(LB膜)的有機化合物(例如阶 二十三酸(ω-tricosandicmic acid)、氣化二(十八烷基)曱基 銨、硬脂酸曱醋)的累積之類的方法來設置。進而,亦已 64 201113332 予:C賦予或光照射而產生配向功能 =勺二= 圭為藉由摩擦處理而形成的配向膜,就配 =功|±的方面而言,較佳為藉由先照射而形成的光配 •摩擦處理配向膜 量的理而形成的配向膜所用的聚合物材料於大 膜可ί佳二,’可獲S大量的市售品。本發明的配向 可失日^〇=聚乙稀醇或聚醯亞胺及其衍生物。配向膜 74Α1號公報的43頁24行〜49頁8行的 配向膜的厚度較佳為〇.〇1μιη〜1〇μιη,更佳為__ 1 |&gt;ΧΙΧ1。 處理通常可藉由用紙或布將聚合物層的表面朝-次而實施’特別是本發明中較佳為藉由「液 亍社發行,2_年1G月3G日)中記載的方 =變摩擦密度的方法可細「液晶便覽」(丸善公司發 =中記載的方法。摩擦密度(L)可藉由下述式⑷來 式(A) L = N1 ( 1 + 2πΓη/60ν) 式(Α)巾’ Ν為摩擦次數,1為摩擦親的接觸長, 65 201113332 ’ v為平台移動速度(秒 為輥的半徑’ η為輥的轉速(rpm) 速)〇 為了提高摩擦密度,只要增加摩擦次數、延長摩捧親 的接觸長、增大輥的半彳1、提高_轉速、紐平台移^ 速度即可,m ’為了降低摩_度,只要進行相反 操作即可。 摩擦密度與配向膜的預傾角之間,有若提高摩擦密度 則預傾㈣小、若降低摩擦密度則預傾角變大的關係。 •光配向膜 藉由光照射而形成的配向膜所用的光配向材料於大量 的文獻4中有§己載。本發明的配向獏中,例如可列舉以下 的化合物作為較佳例:曰本專利特開2〇〇6_285197號公 報、日本專利特開2007-76839號公報、曰本專利特開 2007-138138號公報、日本專利特開2〇〇7 94〇71號公報、 曰本專利特開2007-121721號公報、日本專利特開 2007-140465號公報、日本專利特開2〇〇7 156439號公報、 曰本專利特開2007-133184號公報、日本專利特開 2009-109831號公報、日本專利第3883848號、日本專利 第4151746號中記載的偶氮化合物,日本專利特開 2002-229039號公報中記載的芳香族酯化合物,日本專利 特開2002-265541號公報、曰本專利特開2002-317013號 公報中記載的具有光配向性單元的順丁烯二醯亞胺及/或 烯基取代财地醯亞胺化合物’日本專利第4205195號、日 本專利第4205198號中記載的光交聯性矽烧衍生物,日本 66 201113332 專利特表2003-520878號公報、日本專利特表2〇〇4_52922〇 號公報、曰本專利第4162850號中記載的光交聯性聚酿亞 胺、水酿胺或Sa。特佳為偶亂化合物、光交聯性聚酸亞胺、 聚醯胺或酯。 對由上述材料所形成的光配向膜實施直線偏光或非偏 光照射,而製造光配向膜。 本說明書中,所謂「直線偏光照射」,是指用以使上述 光配向材料發生光反應的操作。所使用的波長是根據所使 用的光配向材料而不同,只要為該光反應所必需的波長, 則並無特別限定。較佳為用於光照射的光的波峰波長為 200 nm〜700 rnn,更佳為光的波峰波長為4〇〇 nm以下的 紫外光。 用於光照射的光源可列舉通常所使用的光源,例如鎢 燈、素燈、iBl氣燈、氣氣閃光燈、水銀燈、水銀氣氣燈、 碳弧燈等的燈,各種雷射(例如半導體雷射、氦氖雷射、 氬離子雷射、氦鎘雷射、YAG雷射)、發光二極體、陰極 線管等。 用以獲得直線偏光的方法可採用:使用偏光板(例如 碘偏光板、二色色素偏光板、線栅偏光板)的方法,使用 稜鏡系元件(例如葛蘭-湯普生稜鏡(Glan_Th〇mps〇n prism))或利用布魯斯特角(Brewster’sangie)的反射型偏 光膜的方法,或使用自具有偏光的雷射光源出射的光的方 法。另外’亦可使用濾光片或波長轉換元件等而僅選擇性 地照射所需波長的光。 67 201113332 ----- 而對===斜或背面 == 據上述先配向材料而不同,例如為= (垂直),較佳為40。〜90。。 利用非偏光時,自傾斜方向照射非偏光 為,〜8〇。,較佳為20。〜60。,特佳為3〇。〜5〇。,射角度 照射時間較佳為i分鐘〜⑼分鐘,更佳為i分鐘〜⑺ 分鐘。 以圖案製作所需要的次 ,或藉由雷射光掃描而 當需要進行圖案化時,可採用 數來實施利用光罩的光照射的方法 寫入圖案的方法。 (4)透明樹脂硬化層 本發明的光吸收異方性膜亦可於其上具有透 化層以賦㈣理強度、耐久性或光學特性。透明樹脂^化 層的層厚較佳為在1 μιη〜3〇 μηι的範圍内,特佳為i 〜10 μηι 〇 透明樹脂硬化層較佳為藉由電離輻射線硬化性化合物 的父聯反應或聚合反應而形成。本發明中的透明樹脂硬化 層可藉由以下方式而形成:將含有電離輻射線硬化性的多 Β月b早體或夕g月b低聚物的塗佈組成物塗佈於光吸收異方 性膜的表面,使多官能單體或多官能低聚物進行交聯反應 或聚合反應。 電離輻射線硬化性的多官能單體或多官能低聚物的官 能基較佳為光、電子束、放射線聚合性的官能基,其中較 68 201113332 佳為光聚合性官能基。 光聚合性官能基可列舉(曱基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、苯 乙稀基、坤丙基專的不飽和的聚合性官能基等,苴中幸, 佳為(曱基)丙烯醯基。另外,亦可含有無機微粒子。乂 具有光聚合性官能基的光聚合性多官能單體的具體 可列舉: 新戊二醇丙烯酸酯、i,6_己二醇(曱基)丙烯酸酯、丙二 醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯等的烷二醇的(曱基)丙烯酸二酯類; 三乙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、聚乙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(曱基)丙烯醆 酯等的聚氧烷二醇的(曱基)丙烯酸二酯類; 欠 季戊四 酸二酯類; 醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯等的多元醇的(曱基)丙烯 2,2:雙{4-(丙烯醯氧基_二乙氧基)苯基}丙烷、孓2、雙 {4-(丙稀醯氧基_聚丙氧基)苯基}丙烧等的環氧乙烧或環^ 丙烷加成物的(甲基)丙烯酸二酯類等。 匕進而,環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、(曱基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸 酉曰類、t顆(曱基)丙烯酸酯類亦可較佳地用作光聚合性 官能單體。 八其中,較佳為多元醇與(曱基)丙烯酸的酯類。更佳為i 二=中具有3個以上的(曱基)丙烯醯基的多官能單體。可 牛.二羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥曱基乙烷三 - 、&gt; 曰、1,2,4-環己烧四(曱基)丙烯酸酉旨、五甘油 一丙烯敲酯 '季戍四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯 '季戊四醇三(曱 69 201113332 =焊酸酷、二季戊四醇三丙稀酸酷、二季戍四醇五丙稀 =酸ΐ 基)丙稀義、二季戊啤六(甲基) 丙烯酸自日、二季戊四醇三丙_g旨、) 酸醋等。多官能單體亦可併用_以上李細I、二丙婦 上述透明樹脂硬化層的形成時所用的聚合起始劑較佳 為使用光聚合起始劑。光聚合起始触佳為光自由基聚合 起始劑及紼離子聚合絲劑,特佳為光自由絲合起始 劑。 光自由基聚合起始劑例如可列舉:苯乙酮 acetophenone)類、二苯甲酮(benz〇phen〇ne)類米苴勒 (Michle〇的苯曱酿基苯甲_旨、α_戊基㈣(…議加^ ester )、一硫化四曱胺硫甲醯基(咖础她丫版⑽m monosulfide)及嗟《*頓酮類等。 市售的光自由基聚合起始劑可列舉:曰本化藥(股) 製造的 kayacure ( DETX-S、BP-1 〇〇、BDMK、CTX、BMS、 2-EAQ、ABQ、CPTX、EPD、ITX、QTX、BTC、MCA 等, 均為商品名)、&gt;飞巴精化(股)製造的Irgacure ( 651、184、 127、500、907、369、1173、2959、4265、4263 等,均為 商品名)、Sartomer 公司製造的 Esacure ( KIP100F、KB1、 EB3、BP、X33、KT046、KT37、KIP150、TZT,均為商 品名)等。 特佳為光分解型的光自由基聚合起始劑。光分解型的 光自由基聚合起始劑是記載於最新UV硬化技術(P· 159, 發行人:高薄一弘,發行所:技術資訊協會(股),1991 201113332 X' 年發行)。 市售的光分解型的光自由基聚合起始劑可列舉汽巴精 化(股)製造的 hgacure (651、184、127、907,均為商 品名)等。 相對於硬化性樹脂100重量份,光聚合起始劑較佳為 以0·1 4量份〜15重量份的_而制,更佳為1重量份 〜10重量份的範圍。 除了光聚合起始劑以外,亦可使用光敏劑。光敏劑的 具體例可列舉:正丁基胺、三乙基胺、三_正丁基膦、米其 勒酮及°塞°煩酮。 市售的光敏劑可列舉日本化藥(股)製造的 KAYACURE ( DMBI、EPA,均為商品名)等。 光聚合反應較佳為於高折射率層的塗佈及乾燥後,藉 由紫外線照射來進行硬化反應。 透明樹脂硬化層中,亦可添加重量平均分子量為5〇〇 以上的低聚物或聚合物或者該兩者以賦予脆性。 低聚物、聚合物可列舉:(曱基)丙烯酸酯系、纖維素 系、苯乙烯系的聚合體或丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯、聚酯丙烯酸 酷等。較佳可列舉側鏈上具有官能基的聚((甲基)丙烯酸縮 水甘油酯)或聚((曱基)丙烯酸烯丙酯)等。 上述透明樹脂硬化層中的低聚物及聚合物的合計量較 佳為相對於樹脂層的總重量而為5 wt%〜80 wt%,更佳為 25 wt%〜70 wt%,特佳為 35 wt%〜65 wt%。 透明樹脂硬化層的強度於依照JIS K5400的鉛筆硬度 71 201113332 試驗中較佳為Η以上’更佳為2H以上,最佳為3H以上。 另外,於依照JIS Κ5400的圓錐試驗中,試驗前後的 試驗片的磨損量越少越好。 透明樹脂硬化層的形成中’當藉由電離輻射線硬化性 化合物的交聯反應或聚合反應來形成時,交聯反應或聚合 反應較佳為於氧濃度為10 V〇I%以下的環境下實藉二 在氧濃度為K) VG顯下的環境下形成,可形成物理^度 或耐久性優異的透明樹脂硬化層,因而較佳。 較佳為於氧濃度為6 vol%以下的環境下藉由電離輻射 線硬化性化合物的交聯反應或聚合反應來形成,更佳為於 氧濃度為4 vol%以下,特佳為氧濃度為2 v〇1%以下,最佳 為1 vol%以下。 ,氧濃度為10 vol%以下的方法較佳為用其他氣體置 換大氣(氮濃度約v〇l%,氧濃度約η v〇1%),特佳 用氮氣置換(氮氣沖洗(nitrogen purge))。 ‘ 上述透明樹脂硬化層較佳為更具有光學異方性的功 能。 上述透^樹脂硬化層可利用以下的方法來製造。 首先’製備含有上述材料的硬化性透明樹脂組成物。 該組成物的製備時所用的溶_佳為使㈣點為6(TC〜 nof的液體。具體可列舉:水、醇(例如曱醇、乙醇、異 丙醇、丁f、节醇)、酮(例如丙酮、甲基乙基_、甲基異 丁基S同衰己酮)、酉旨(例如乙酸甲酉旨、乙酸乙酉旨、乙酸丙 酉曰乙酉夂丁酉a Ψ酸曱醋、甲酸乙醋、甲酸丙酉旨、甲酸丁 72 201113332 酯)、脂肪族烴(例如己烷、環己烷)、函化烴(例如二氣 曱烷、氣仿、四氣化碳)、芳香族烴(例如笨、甲苯、二曱 苯)、醯胺(例如二曱基曱醯胺、二曱基乙醯胺、Ν_^基 吡咯烷酮)、醚(例如二乙醚、二噁烷'四氫呋喃)、醚二 (例如1-曱氧基-2-丙醇)等。其中,較佳為曱笨'二甲苯、 曱基乙基酮、曱基異丁基酮、環己酮、乙醇及丁醇,特佳 的分散介質為曱基乙基酮、曱基異丁基酮、環己酮、乙醇。 關於上述溶劑的使用量,較佳為以硬化性透明樹脂組 成物的固體成分濃度成為2 w t %〜5 0 w t〇/〇的方式而使用' 更佳為以硬化性透明樹脂組成物的固體成分 wt%〜4〇wt%的方式而使用。 辰又成為 法 學 頁 塗佈液的塗佈適合使用上述光吸收異方性臈的塗佈方 亦可為以下的塗佈方法。201113332 -----jt-I - Furthermore, compared with the air interface roll angle, the alignment film roll angle has a tendency to decrease from the alignment, by adding the above-mentioned alignment film tilt control to the above composition. The agent can further reduce the roll angle of the alignment film, and stabilize the azo dye molecules into a horizontal alignment state. In the case where the one-color pigment composition contains the above-mentioned non-liquid crystalline radical polymerizable multifunctional and the above-mentioned hard-bonding component of the initial solution, it is preferred to make the azo dye molecule into a desired alignment state. After that, the dream is irradiated by light (difficult to ride an outside ride) or heated, or a combination of these methods to perform polymerization hardening. In addition, the value of the light irradiation energy for performing polymerization can be referred to the description of paragraph 聋 [0051] of the Japanese Patent No. 2003. ^ A polarizing layer can be formed as above. The thickness of the polarizing layer is preferably 001 μη 2 to 2 μηη, more preferably 〇.05 μηι 2 2 μιη. (3) Alignment film In the production of the light absorbing anisotropic film of the present invention, it is preferred to use an alignment film. The alignment film of the towel of the present invention may be a layer of any sound as long as the molecules of the liquid crystalline azo dye can be brought to a desired alignment state on the alignment film. For example, the rubbing treatment of the surface of the film with an organic compound (preferably a polymer), the oblique vapor deposition of an inorganic compound, the formation of a layer having a microgroove, or the use of a Lanmul-Broggi ( Langmuir_Blodgett) method (LB film) of organic compounds (such as the accumulation of ω-tricosandicmic acid, gasified di(octadecyl) decyl ammonium, stearic acid vinegar) Settings. Further, it has been 64 201113332 to give an alignment function by C or light irradiation = scoop 2 = 圭 is an alignment film formed by rubbing treatment, and it is preferable to use The polymer material used for the alignment film formed by the light distribution and the rubbing treatment to form the alignment film can be obtained in a large film, and a large number of commercially available products can be obtained. The alignment of the present invention can be lost to polyhydric alcohol or polyamidiamine and its derivatives. Alignment film The thickness of the alignment film of the order of the aligning film of 144. The treatment can usually be carried out by using a paper or a cloth to bring the surface of the polymer layer toward the next time. In particular, in the present invention, it is preferably described by "Limited by Lishui Society, 2G, 1G, 3G, 3G Day". The method of the friction density can be as follows: "Liquid crystals" (the method described in Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The friction density (L) can be expressed by the following formula (4): L = N1 (1 + 2πΓη / 60ν) ) towel ' Ν is the number of frictions, 1 is the contact length of the friction pro, 65 201113332 ' v is the moving speed of the platform (second is the radius of the roller ' η is the speed of the roller (rpm) speed) 〇 In order to increase the friction density, just increase the friction The number of times, the length of contact with the pros and the length of the roller, the increase of the _ speed, the speed of the new platform can be moved, m 'in order to reduce the degree of friction, as long as the opposite operation can be performed. Friction density and alignment film When the pre-tilt angle is increased, the pre-tilt angle is small when the friction density is increased, and the pre-tilt angle is increased when the friction density is lowered. • The optical alignment material used for the alignment film formed by the light-aligning film by light irradiation is large. There is a § in the literature 4. In the alignment of the present invention, examples The following compounds are exemplified as preferred examples: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2007-76839, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. 2007-138138, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-121721, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-140465, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. An azo compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. A maleimide and/or an alkenyl group having a photo-alignment unit as described in JP-A-2002-317013, Japanese Patent No. 4205195 Japanese Patent No. 4205198, the photocrosslinkable smoldering derivative, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2003-520878, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. Hei. The photocrosslinkable polyiminoimine, hydroemulsion or Sa described in No. 50. Particularly preferred is a scrambled compound, a photocrosslinkable polyimide, a polydecylamine or an ester. The alignment film is subjected to linear polarization or non-polarization illumination to produce a photoalignment film. In the present specification, the term "linear polarization irradiation" refers to an operation for causing a photoreaction of the photoalignment material. The wavelength used is according to the use. The light alignment material is different, and is not particularly limited as long as it is a wavelength necessary for the light reaction. Preferably, the light for the light irradiation has a peak wavelength of 200 nm to 700 rnn, more preferably an ultraviolet light having a peak wavelength of 4 〇〇 nm or less. The light source used for light irradiation may be a light source generally used, such as a tungsten lamp, a plain lamp, an iBl gas lamp, a gas flash lamp, a mercury lamp, a mercury gas lamp, a carbon arc lamp, or the like, and various lasers (for example, a semiconductor thunder) Shot, 氦氖 laser, argon ion laser, cadmium cadmium laser, YAG laser), light-emitting diode, cathode line tube, etc. A method for obtaining linear polarized light can be employed by using a polarizing plate (for example, an iodine polarizing plate, a dichroic polarizing plate, a wire grid polarizing plate), and using a lanthanoid element (for example, Glan_Thumps 稜鏡 (Glan_Th〇mps) 〇n prism)) A method of using a reflective polarizing film of Brewster'sangie or a method of using light emitted from a polarized laser light source. Further, it is also possible to selectively illuminate only light of a desired wavelength using a filter or a wavelength conversion element or the like. 67 201113332 ----- and === oblique or back == According to the above-mentioned first alignment material, for example, = (vertical), preferably 40. ~90. . When non-polarized light is used, the non-polarized light is irradiated from the oblique direction to ~8 〇. Preferably, it is 20. ~60. , especially good for 3〇. ~5〇. The irradiation angle is preferably i minutes to (9) minutes, more preferably i minutes to (7) minutes. A method of writing a pattern by a method of performing light irradiation using a photomask by using a number of times required for patterning or scanning by laser light is required. (4) Transparent resin hardened layer The light absorbing anisotropic film of the present invention may have a permeation layer thereon to impart strength, durability or optical properties. The layer thickness of the transparent resin layer is preferably in the range of 1 μm to 3 〇μηι, particularly preferably i ~10 μηι 〇 the transparent resin hardened layer is preferably a parent reaction of the ionizing radiation curable compound or It is formed by polymerization. The transparent resin hardened layer in the present invention can be formed by applying a coating composition containing an ionizing radiation curable polypyrazine b or an illuminating b oligomer to a light absorbing anisotropy. The surface of the film allows the polyfunctional monomer or polyfunctional oligomer to undergo a crosslinking reaction or a polymerization reaction. The functional group of the ionizing radiation-curable polyfunctional monomer or polyfunctional oligomer is preferably a light-, electron-beam, or radiation-polymerizable functional group, of which photopolymerizable functional group is preferred as 68 201113332. Examples of the photopolymerizable functional group include a (fluorenyl) acrylonitrile group, a vinyl group, a styrene group, and a undyl group-unsaturated polymerizable functional group, and the like. . Further, it may contain inorganic fine particles. Specific examples of the photopolymerizable polyfunctional monomer having a photopolymerizable functional group include neopentyl glycol acrylate, i,6-hexanediol (mercapto) acrylate, propylene glycol di(decyl) acrylate, and the like. Alkyl diol (mercapto) acrylate diesters; triethylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, dipropylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, polyethylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, polypropylene glycol (mercapto)acrylic acid diesters of polyoxyalkylene glycols such as bis(indenyl) propylene phthalate; oligo-pentaerythritol diesters; polyols such as alcohol di(indenyl) acrylate Propylene 2,2: bis{4-(propenyloxy-diethoxy)phenyl}propane, hydrazine 2, bis{4-(acryloxy-polypropoxy)phenyl}propene, etc. Ethylene oxide or cyclomethazine adducts of (meth)acrylic acid diesters. Further, epoxy (meth) acrylates, fluorenyl carbazates, and t fluorenyl acrylates can be preferably used as the photopolymerizable functional monomer. Among them, preferred are esters of a polyhydric alcohol and (mercapto)acrylic acid. More preferably, it is a polyfunctional monomer having three or more (fluorenyl) acrylonitrile groups in i.牛牛. Dimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trihydroxydecylethane tri-, &gt; ruthenium, 1,2,4-cyclohexanyltetrakis(meth)acrylate, glycerol Propylene knocking ester 'quaternary tetraol tetrakis (meth) acrylate 'pentaerythritol three (曱69 201113332 = soldering acid cool, dipentaerythritol tripropylene acid cool, diquat pentaerythritol pentapropylene = acid hydrazine base) propyl , two seasons of pentamos hexa (meth) acrylate from the day, dipentaerythritol tripropyl _ _ _, acid vinegar and so on. The polyfunctional monomer may be used in combination. The polymerization initiator used in the formation of the above-mentioned transparent resin hardened layer is preferably a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiation is preferably a photo-radical polymerization initiator and a ruthenium ion-polymerizing silk agent, and is particularly preferably a photo-free-spinning initiator. The photoradical polymerization initiator may, for example, be acetophenone or benzophenone (Mizle〇), which is a benzoyl benzoate, α-pentyl group. (4) (... Addition of ^ ester), tetramethylammonium thiomethanthyl monosulfide (Calta Herb version (10) m monosulfide) and 嗟 "*Donone", etc. Commercially available photoradical polymerization initiators are listed: Kayacure (DETX-S, BP-1 〇〇, BDMK, CTX, BMS, 2-EAQ, ABQ, CPTX, EPD, ITX, QTX, BTC, MCA, etc.) manufactured by this chemical (stock) are all trade names. , > Irgacure (651, 184, 127, 500, 907, 369, 1173, 2959, 4265, 4263, etc., all of which are manufactured under the trade name), and Esacure (KIP100F, KB1) manufactured by Sartomer Co., Ltd. EB3, BP, X33, KT046, KT37, KIP150, TZT, all of which are trade names), etc. Particularly preferred are photodegradable photoradical polymerization initiators. Photodegradable photoradical polymerization initiators are described The latest UV hardening technology (P· 159, issuer: Takahiro Ichihiro, issuer: Technical Information Association (share), 1991 201113332 X' year issue) Commercially available photodegradable photoradical polymerization initiators include hgacure (651, 184, 127, and 907, all of which are trade names) manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd., and 100 parts by weight relative to the curable resin. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably used in an amount of from 0.1 to 15 parts by weight, more preferably from 1 part by weight to 10 parts by weight. In addition to the photopolymerization initiator, photosensitive may be used. Specific examples of the photosensitizer include n-butylamine, triethylamine, tri-n-butylphosphine, and acesulfonone, and a commercially available photosensitizer. ) KAYACURE (DMBI, EPA, trade name) manufactured by photopolymerization, etc. The photopolymerization reaction is preferably carried out by ultraviolet irradiation after application and drying of the high refractive index layer. An oligomer or a polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 5 Å or more or both may be added to impart brittleness. Examples of the oligomer or polymer include (fluorenyl) acrylate type, cellulose type, and styrene type. Polymer or urethane acrylate, polyester acrylate, etc. preferably. Examples include poly((meth)acrylic acid glycidyl ester) or poly((fluorenyl)acrylic acid acrylate) having a functional group in the side chain, etc. The total amount of oligomers and polymers in the transparent resin hardened layer is higher. It is preferably from 5 wt% to 80 wt%, more preferably from 25 wt% to 70 wt%, particularly preferably from 35 wt% to 65 wt%, based on the total weight of the resin layer. The strength of the transparent resin hardened layer is preferably Η or more in the pencil hardness 71 201113332 test according to JIS K5400, more preferably 2H or more, and most preferably 3H or more. Further, in the conical test according to JIS Κ 5400, the amount of wear of the test piece before and after the test is preferably as small as possible. In the formation of the transparent resin hardened layer, when it is formed by a crosslinking reaction or a polymerization reaction of an ionizing radiation curable compound, the crosslinking reaction or the polymerization reaction is preferably carried out in an environment having an oxygen concentration of 10 V〇% or less. In the environment in which the oxygen concentration is K) VG, it is preferable to form a transparent resin hardened layer having excellent physical properties or durability. It is preferably formed by a crosslinking reaction or a polymerization reaction of an ionizing radiation curable compound in an environment having an oxygen concentration of 6 vol% or less, more preferably an oxygen concentration of 4 vol% or less, and particularly preferably an oxygen concentration of 2 v 〇 1% or less, preferably 1 vol% or less. The method of oxygen concentration of 10 vol% or less is preferably to replace the atmosphere with other gases (nitrogen concentration about v〇l%, oxygen concentration about η v〇1%), and particularly preferably with nitrogen (nitrogen purge). . The above transparent resin hardened layer is preferably more optically anisotropic. The above-mentioned transparent resin hardened layer can be produced by the following method. First, a curable transparent resin composition containing the above materials was prepared. The solvent used in the preparation of the composition is preferably a liquid having a (four) point of 6 (TC to nof. Specific examples thereof include water, alcohol (e.g., decyl alcohol, ethanol, isopropanol, butyl f, hexanol), and ketone. (e.g., acetone, methyl ethyl _, methyl isobutyl S with hexanone), 酉 ( (for example, acetaminophen acetate, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, acenaphthyl citrate, formic acid B Vinegar, formic acid, butyl 72 201113332 ester), aliphatic hydrocarbons (such as hexane, cyclohexane), functional hydrocarbons (such as dioxane, gas, four carbonized carbon), aromatic hydrocarbons ( For example, stupid, toluene, diphenylbenzene, decylamine (such as dimethyl decylamine, dimethyl decylamine, hydrazine), ether (such as diethyl ether, dioxane 'tetrahydrofuran), ether II ( For example, 1-nonyloxy-2-propanol), etc. Among them, preferred are xylene, decyl ethyl ketone, decyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethanol and butanol, particularly preferred The dispersion medium is mercaptoethyl ketone, decyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and ethanol. The amount of the above solvent to be used is preferably a curable transparent resin group. The solid content of the material is in the form of 2 wt % to 50 wt 〇 / 使用, and it is more preferably used in such a manner that the solid content of the curable transparent resin composition is wt% to 4 〇 wt%. The application of the above-mentioned light absorbing anisotropy to the application of the page coating liquid is also preferably the following coating method.

J 關於具體的濕式成膜法,可藉由原崎勇次著「塗佈工 (朝倉書店股份有限公司於1971年3月20日發行)253 277頁或市村國宏監製「分子協調材料的創製X與應用」 (CMC股份有限公司出版,1998年3月3日發^118 頁〜149頁等中記載的公知的方法,或例如旋塗法喷塗 法、狹縫及旋轉法(slit and spin meth〇d)、線棒塗佈法、 親塗佈法、刮刀塗佈法、壯塗佈法(free span “邱 method)、擠壓塗佈法、直接凹版塗佈法、反向凹 模塗法、喷墨法來實施。 土布/ 形成透明樹脂硬化層時,硬化較佳為藉由紫外線照射 來進行。 73 201113332 (5)轉印材料 另外’本發明的光吸收異 形成於各種基板上。具體而二性骐亦可利用轉印材料而 的轉印材料,i使用^轉$=具有光吸收性異 膜轉印至液晶胞基板上等。 ^^才科而將光吸收異方性 以下,對在液晶顯示裝置内 述光吸收異方性臈時有 =疋液晶胞内形成上 (5)-!轉印材料 轉晴加以說明。 本發明令可使用的轉印材料 光吸收異方性膜而發揮功能的膜:有支持體、及作為 異方性膜上具有至少—層的—二較^於光吸收 即便於不經過圖案化等的步驟時曰感光性樹脂層 性膜,因而有用。另外 =:吸收異方 性膜之間,具有用以於絲c ± 又持體與光吸收異方 衝性等的力學特性控制二象基板側的凹凸的緩 外,亦可配置作為用賦予凹凸追隨性的層,另 的配向層而發揮功能的層控色= 置可剝離的保護層。 丌了於最表面設 上述轉印材料所用的支持體可為透明亦 旅無特別限定。構成支持體的聚合物的例子中包括維 素醋(例^乙酸纖維素、丙酸纖維素、丁酸 :、 _ 丙酸纖維素^酸丁酸纖維素)、聚烯烴(例如‘ ^ 聚合物)、聚(甲基)丙歸酸醋(例如聚甲基丙稀酸甲片醋)'、、 201113332 聚碳酸醋、聚醋及聚石風。為了於製造步驟中檢查光學特性, 透明支持體較佳為透明且雙折射低的材料,就雙折射性低 的觀點而言較佳為纖維素酷及降冰片稀系。市售的降冰片 ,系聚合物可使用ArtGn(观(股)製造),Ze。職、如撕 (以上為日本Zeon (股)製造)等。 用廉價的聚碳酸S旨或聚對苯二曱酸乙二醋等^ J雛地使 支拉異方性膜是利用上述塗佈法而形成於上述 右的伞或八上所形成的配向膜上。再者,轉印材料所且 =光吸收異雜膜無f於偏紐能方 學 =二r,過程中實施的曝光步驟二 能。又”·取、、、表現出偏光薄臈所需要的偏光性 感光性樹脂層: 樹脂感光性樹脂層。上述感光性 佳為由至少;有⑴二=?,2二述感光性樹脂層較 光聚=始舰光聚合起始劑=翻;;=^戶=及⑴ (〇鹼溶性樹脂 丨〜取 上述鹼溶性樹脂(以下,有 為側鏈上具有舰基黏^」)較佳 例子可列舉··日本專利特開7、極性基的聚合物。其 特公昭54-3彻號公=44615號公報、日本專利 報、日本專利特公昭似95tt利特公日召58-12577號公 59-53836 !虎公報及日本專广公報、日本專利特開昭 判特開昭59-71048號公報中記 75 201113332 載的曱基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、依康酸共聚物、 丁烯酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸共聚物、部分酯化順丁稀二酸 共聚物等。另外,亦可列舉側鏈上具有羧酸基的纖維素街 生物’而且除此以外,亦可較佳地使用對具有羥基的聚合 物加成環狀酸酐而成的化合物。另外’特佳的例子可列舉 美國專利第4139391號說明書中記載的(曱基)丙烯酸苄酯 與(甲基)丙烯酸的共聚物、或(曱基)丙烯酸苄酯與(曱基)丙 烯酸與其他單體的多元共聚物。該些具有極性基的黏合劑 聚合物可單獨使用,或亦能以與通常的膜形成性的聚合物 併用的組成物的狀態而使用,相對於感光性樹脂組成物的 總固體成分的含罝通常為2〇 wt%〜5〇 wt%,較佳為25 wt% 〜45 wt%。 (2)單體或低聚物 上述感光性樹脂層中使用的單體或低聚物較佳為具有 〜個以亡W乙烯性錢和雙鍵、藉*光的照射而進行加成 聚口的單體或低聚物。此種單體及低聚物可列舉:於分子 中具有至4 -個可進行加成聚合的乙烯性不飽和基、且沸 1占=疋下為10()(:以上的化合物。其例子可列舉:聚乙 I、二(甲ί),稀酸_、聚丙二醇單(曱基)丙稀酸醋及(甲 二株舻^苯氧基乙酯等的單官能丙烯酸酯或單官能甲基 丙:嫌舻§:,聚乙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基) 基)丙^^、Γ經甲基乙燒三丙稀酸醋、三經曱基丙烧三(曱 秘三輯義、新戊二醇二(甲 -季戊四醇四(曱基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲 76 201113332 基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二 五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二 =/ 烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、異三聚氰酸三(丙烯酿氧其乙土= 酉旨、三聚氰酸三(丙稀酿氧基乙基)醋、甘油三(甲基)土丙婦^ Ϊ二對三羥甲基丙烷或甘油等的多官能醇加成環氧乙烷或 環氧丙烷後進行(曱基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物等的^官 能丙烯酸酯或多官能甲基丙烯酸酯。 、夕s 進而可列舉:日本專利特公昭48-417〇8號公報、曰本 專利特公昭50-6034號公報及日本專利特開昭51_371幻號 公報中記載的丙烯酸類;日本專利特開昭48·64ΐ83號公 報、日本專利特公昭49-43191號公報及日本專利特么二二 52 30490號么報中5己載的聚醋丙稀酸醋類;作為環氧樹脂 與(曱基)丙烯酸的反應產物的環氧丙烯酸酯類等的多官能 丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯。 、該些中,較佳為三經甲基丙烧三(甲基)丙稀酸醋、季 戊四醇四(曱基)丙触醋、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙稀酸醋、 二季戊四醇五(曱基)丙烯酸酯。 而且,除此以外,亦可列舉日本專利特開平 號公報中記載的「聚合性化合物Β」作為合適的例子。 該些單體或低聚物可單獨使用,亦可將兩種以上混合 而使用,相對於感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分的含量通 常為5 wt%〜50 wt%,較佳為1〇 wt%〜4〇糾%。 (3)光聚合起始劑或光聚合起始劑系 上述感光性樹脂層中使用的光聚合起始劑或光聚合起 77 201113332 始劑系可列舉:美國專利第2367660號說明書中揭示的鄰 聚縮醛噻唑烷酮基化合物、美國專利第2448828號說明書 中記載的醇酮醚化合物、美國專利第2722512號說明書中 記載的經α·烴取代的芳香族醇酮化合物、美國專利第 3046127號說明書及美國專利第2951758號說明書中記載 的多核醌化合物、美國專利第3549367號說明書中記載的 二务基°米°坐一聚物與對胺基酮的組合,日本專利特公昭 51-48516號公報中記載的笨幷噻唑化合物與三画曱基_均 三嗪化合物,美國專利第4239850號說明書中記載的三鹵 曱基-三嗪化合物、美國專利第4212976號說明書中記載的 三鹵曱基噁二唑化合物等。特佳為三齒曱基_均三嗪、三鹵 曱基°惡二0坐及三芳基咪唾二聚物。 而且,除此以外,亦可列舉日本專利特開平i 1 1336〇〇 5虎公報中s己載的「聚合起始劑c」作為合適的例子。 »亥二光聚5起始劑或光聚合起始劑系可單獨使用,亦 可將兩種以上混合使用,特佳為使用兩種以上 =種光聚合起始劑,_示特性、特別是顯示不均可變 光聚合起始劑或光聚合起始劑系相對 為 1 wt%〜15 wt°/〇。 其他層: 與光吸收異方之:控 78 201113332 2凹凸追隨性。熱塑性樹脂層所用的成分較佳為日本專 =寺開平5·72724號公報中記__高分子物質,特佳 :”、從由Vicat法(具體而έ是依據美國材料試驗法astmd 1235㈣合物軟娜収法)所得的魏點觸帆以下 :有機南分子物質中選擇。具體可列舉:聚乙烯、聚丙烯 專的聚烯烴,乙烯與乙酸乙烯s|或其皂化物之類的乙稀共 聚物’乙触_㈣或其皂化物,聚氣乙烯、氣乙稀與 乙酸乙烯S旨及其皂化物之類的氣乙私聚物,聚偏二氣乙 沐、偏二氣乙烯共聚物,聚苯乙稀、苯乙稀與(甲基)丙稀 酸®旨或其皂化物之類的苯乙烯共聚物,聚乙稀基曱苯、乙 烯基甲苯與(曱基)丙烯酸醋或其皂化物之類的乙稀基甲苯 共聚物,聚(甲基)丙稀酸醋、(甲基)丙婦酸丁醋與乙酸乙稀 醋等的(曱基)丙稀酸醋共聚物,乙酸乙稀醋共聚物尼龍、 共聚合尼龍、㈣驗ψ基化域、N^f基胺基化尼龍 之類的聚醯胺樹脂等的有機高分子。 轉印材料中,為了防止多個塗佈層的塗佈時、及塗佈 後的保存時的成分的混合,較佳為設置中間層。該中間層 ^為使用日本專利特開平5_72724號公報中作為「分ς 曰」而记載的具有氧阻斷功能的氧阻斷膜,此時,曝光 靈敏度提昇,曝光機的時間負荷減小,生產性提高。該氧 =膜較佳為表㈣低的魏性、且分散或轉於水或驗 7 &gt;谷液中’可從公知的物質中適當選擇。該些中 聚乙烯醇與聚乙烯基。比魏酮的組合。一、马 亦可將上述熱塑性樹脂層或上述中間層兼用作上述配 79 201113332 向層特別是上述巾間層中可較佳地使用的聚乙烯醇及聚 乙烯基鱗_作為配向層亦有效,較佳為使中間層與配 向層為一層。 於树知層上,較佳為設置薄的保護薄膜以保護樹脂層 不受到儲藏時的污㈣損傷。保護薄膜可由與暫時支持體 ,同或類似的材料形成,但必須自樹脂層容易地分離。保 護薄膜材料例士口合適的是石夕紙、聚稀煙或聚四氣乙稀薄片。 光及收異方性膜及感光性樹脂層、及預定的光配向 ,以及視需要而形成的熱塑性樹脂層及中間層的各層可 藉由與上述歧收異方性朗形成方法相同的方法來形 Ί可同時塗佈兩個以上的層。關於同時塗佈的方法, =美國專利第2761791號、美國專利第2941898號、美國 利第3508947 f虎、美國專利第3526528號的各說明書及 原崎勇次著的塗佈工學的253頁(朝倉書店(1973)) 所記載。 力 (5 )-2使用轉印材料的光吸收異方性膜的形成方法. 將本發明中所述的轉印材料轉印至基板上的方法並無 盘=制,只要可於基板上同_印上述光吸收異方性膜 =光性樹脂層,财綠並無_限定。例如使用貼合 機(lamlnator ) ’利用經加熱及/或加壓的輕或平板,將已 薄難的本發明中所述的轉印材料以感光性樹脂層 =昼接或加熱壓接、貼附於基板表面側4體可列舉曰 ^利特開平7·110575號公報、日本專利特開平㈣942 唬么報、曰本專利特開2〇〇〇_334836號公報、日本專利特 80 201113332 開2002-148794號公報中記載的貼合機及貼合方法,一 物少的觀點而言,較佳為使用日本專利特開平7 ]⑽ 公報中記載的方法。其後’可將支持體_,亦可 = 剝離而露出的偏光膜表面形成其他層、例如電極層等。曰 作為轉印轉印材料的被轉印材料的基板並 制。例如可使用透明基板,可列舉於表面具有氧化膜 的鈉玻璃板、低膨脹玻璃、無鹼玻璃、石英玻璃板等的义 知的玻璃板或塑膠薄膜等。另外,被轉印材料亦可為於S 明基板亡設有彩色濾光片等的層的材料。另外,被轉印材 料亦可藉由預先實施偶合處理而使與感光性樹脂層的密接 良好。該偶合處理適合使用日本專利特開2〇〇〇_39〇33號公 報纪載的方法。另外,基板的膜厚並無特別限定,通常較 佳為 700 μιη〜1200 μιη。 亦可不於光吸收異方性膜上設置黏著層,而於被轉印 材料上設置黏著層。 2.偏光子、顯示裝置 (1 )偏光子 本發明亦是有關於一種具有基板以及於該基板上的本 發明的光吸收異方性膜的偏光子。 基板: 本發明中可使用的基板是根據偏光子的用途而選擇。 例如可列舉·液晶顯示元件,有機發光二極體(〇rganic Light-Emitting Diode ’ OLED)元件等所用的無鹼玻璃,鈉 玻璃’ Pyrex (註冊商標)玻璃,石英破璃;固體攝像元件 81 201113332 等所用的光電轉換元件基板;矽基板;塑膠基板;以及於 該些基板上形成有透明導電膜、彩色濾光片膜、電極、薄 膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT )等的功能層的基板。 該些基板上亦可形成有將各像素隔離的黑色矩陣,或用以 促進也、接等的透明樹脂層。對於塑膠基板而言,於其表面 具有阻氣層及/或耐溶劑性層亦較佳。 本發明中使用的基板的光透射率較佳為以上。另 外,塑膠基板較佳為使用光學等向性的聚合物薄膜。聚合 物的具體例及較佳態樣可應用日本專利特開2〇〇2_22942 號公報的段落編號[0013]的記載。另外,即便為先前已知 的聚碳酸酯或聚砜之類的容易表現出雙折射的聚合物,亦 可使用國際公開WOGG/267G5號公報中記賴藉由進行分 子修飾而使該表現性下降的化合物。 其他功能層: 本發明的偏光子亦可於基板與上述光吸收異方性膜之 間具有配向膜。配向膜的例子、形成時所利用的材料及形 成方法如上。 另外,本發明的偏光子較佳為於基板與上述光吸收異 方性膜之間具有彩色滤光片層。除了彩色濾^層以外,、 亦可具有透明導電臈、彩色滤光片膜、雜、聊等的其 他功能層°另外’亦可形成有將各像素隔離的黑色矩陣。、 另外,本發明的偏光子亦可於光吸收異方性膜上具 透明樹脂硬化層。翻樹脂硬化層的形成__的&amp; 及形成方法如上。 82 201113332 (2)顯示裝置 本發明亦是有關於一種具備至少一個本發明的光吸收 異方性膜的顯示裝置。其構成等並無特別限制。具體可列 舉:扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)、超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment, VA)、電控雙折射(Electrically Controlled Birefringence, ECB)、共平面切換(In-Plane Switching,IPS)或光學補 充又折射(Optical Compensated Birefringence,〇CB)等 =各種模式,透射型、反射型或半透射型的液晶顯示裝 OLED等。特佳為將本發明的光吸收異方性膜設置於 :反^内面側*成的作騎謂胞㈣光子而具有的顯示裝 異C於彩色濾光片基板上積層本發明的光吸收 成的顯示裝置。藉由設為該構成,可減_由於 ;色雇先片層的消偏振而產生的散射光導致的 [實例] 而)J* I ^ 只要不超出本發明加以更和朗,但本發明 另外7主g則不限定於以下的實例。 關的測定是:;:2中,光吸收異方性膜的光學特性相 ^ -色比&gt; 峨系偏光元件置於人射光學系統中的分光光度計對 而計算。u光吸收異方性膜的吸光度後,藉由下式 83 201113332 一色比:D = Az/Ay Αζ·色素臈對吸收軸方向的偏光的吸光度J For the specific wet film formation method, you can use the "Coater (Asakura Bookstore Co., Ltd. issued on March 20, 1971) on page 253, 277 pages or the research of "Molecular Coordination Materials" And application" (published by CMC Corporation, issued on March 3, 1998, pages 118 to 149, etc., or for example, spin coating, slit and spin method (slit and spin meth 〇d), wire bar coating method, pro-coating method, knife coating method, strong coating method (free span “qiu method”, extrusion coating method, direct gravure coating method, reverse concave die coating method In the case of the soil cloth/forming of the transparent resin hardened layer, the curing is preferably carried out by ultraviolet irradiation. 73 201113332 (5) Transfer material Further, the light absorption of the present invention is formed on various substrates. The amphoteric bismuth can also utilize a transfer material of a transfer material, i use a light transfer absorbing film to transfer onto a liquid crystal cell substrate, etc. ^^ When the light absorption anisotropy in the liquid crystal display device is 疋, the liquid crystal cell shape is The above (5)-! transfer material is turned to be clear. The present invention allows the transfer material to be used to absorb the anisotropic film to function as a film: having a support, and having at least as an anisotropic film - The layer-two is more useful for light absorption even when the step of patterning or the like is applied to the photosensitive resin layer film. Further =: between the absorption of the anisotropic film, it is used for the wire c ± The mechanical properties such as the body and the light absorption and the snubber are controlled to control the unevenness on the side of the two-dimensional substrate, and may be arranged as a layer for imparting unevenness and follow-up, and a layering function that functions as another alignment layer. The protective layer used for the above-mentioned transfer material on the outermost surface may be transparent and is not particularly limited. Examples of the polymer constituting the support include vitamin vinegar (for example, cellulose acetate, propionic acid fiber). , butyric acid:, _ cellulose propionate (acid cellulose butyrate), polyolefin (such as ' ^ polymer), poly (methyl) a vinegar (such as polymethyl methacrylate vinegar) ',, 201113332 Polycarbonate, poly vinegar and polycide wind. For the manufacturing steps In order to check the optical characteristics, the transparent support is preferably a material which is transparent and has low birefringence. From the viewpoint of low birefringence, cellulose cool and norbornene are preferred. Commercially available norbornene, polymer can be used. ArtGn (made by the company), Ze., such as tearing (the above is made by Japan Zeon), etc. Using inexpensive polycarbonate or polyethylene terephthalate The supporting anisotropic film is formed on the alignment film formed by the above-mentioned right umbrella or octagonal method by the above-mentioned coating method. Further, the transfer material and the light absorbing hetero-membrane have no f-polarization energy. Learning = two r, the exposure step performed in the process can be performed. In addition, the polarizing photosensitive resin layer required for exhibiting a polarizing thin film: a resin photosensitive resin layer. The above-mentioned photosensitivity is preferably at least; there are (1) two =?, two of the photosensitive resin layers are lighter than the first photopolymerization initiator = turn;; = ^ household = and (1) (base alkali soluble resin 丨 ~ take A preferred example of the above-mentioned alkali-soluble resin (hereinafter, there is a ship-based adhesive on the side chain) is exemplified by Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7, a polar-based polymer, which is disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 54-3. Bulletin, Japanese Patent Report, Japanese Patent Special Report, 95tt Lit, Public Day Call, No. 58-12577, 59-53836! The Bull Gazette and the Japanese Special Gazette, and the Japanese Patent Special Open Disclosure, JP-A 59-71048 75 201113332 Supported methacrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid copolymer, isaconic acid copolymer, crotonic acid copolymer, maleic acid copolymer, partially esterified cis-butyl dicarboxylic acid copolymer, etc. A cellulose street organism having a carboxylic acid group in a side chain is exemplified, and a compound obtained by adding a cyclic acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group is preferably used. Further, a particularly preferable example is exemplified by the United States. Benzyl (meth) acrylate and (A) described in the specification of Patent No. 4139391 a copolymer of acrylic acid, or a multicomponent copolymer of (benzyl) methacrylate and (mercapto)acrylic acid with other monomers. The polar polymer may be used alone or in combination with conventional polymers. The film-forming polymer is used in the form of a composition for use in combination with the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, and is usually from 2% by weight to 5% by weight, preferably from 25% by weight to 5% by weight. (2) Monomer or oligomer The monomer or oligomer used in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer preferably has an addition of ~ a vinyl alcohol and a double bond, and irradiation by light. a monomer or oligomer having a polydip. Examples of such monomers and oligomers include up to 4 ethylenically unsaturated groups which can undergo addition polymerization in the molecule, and boiling 1% = 10 () (: The above compound. Examples thereof include polyethyl I, bis(methyl), dilute acid _, polypropylene glycol mono(indenyl) acrylic acid vinegar, and (A bismuth phenoxyethyl ester) Monofunctional acrylate or monofunctional methyl propyl: 舻 §:, polyethylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(methyl) propyl) Methylacetone triacetate vinegar, triterpenoid propyl ketone III (曱秘三集义, neopentyl glycol bis (methyl-pentaerythritol tetrakis(yl) acrylate, pentaerythritol III (A 76 201113332 base) Acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate, dipenta(meth) acrylate, hexane diol di(meth) acrylate, di = / alkane tris(propylene methoxy propyl) ether, different three Polycyanate tris(propylene oxy-oxygen bromide = hydrazine, tris (cyanoacetoxyethyl) vinegar, tris(methyl) chloropropene Ϊ Ϊ di-trimethylolpropane or A functional acrylate or polyfunctional methacrylate such as a compound obtained by adding a (meth) acrylate to a polyfunctional alcohol such as glycerin, followed by addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide. In addition, the acrylics described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-417-8, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. SHO-50-6034, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 51-371 No. 48·64ΐ83, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 49-43191, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 222-50490, which are exemplified by 5 acrylated vinegars; as epoxy resin and (meth) acrylate The reaction product is a polyfunctional acrylate or methacrylate such as an epoxy acrylate. Among these, preferred are trimethyl methacrylate tris(methyl) acrylate vinegar, pentaerythritol tetrakis(meth) propylene vinegar, dipentaerythritol hexa(methyl) acrylate vinegar, dipentaerythritol quinine ( Mercapto) acrylate. In addition, the "polymerizable compound oxime" described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. These monomers or oligomers may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition is usually from 5 wt% to 50 wt%, preferably 1 Torr. Wt%~4〇%. (3) Photopolymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator is a photopolymerization initiator or photopolymerization used in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer. 77 201113332 The initiator system can be exemplified by the neighbors disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,367,660. A polyacetal thiazolidinone compound, an alcohol ketone ether compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,448,828, an alpha alcohol-substituted aromatic alcohol ketone compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,725,512, and a specification of U.S. Patent No. 3046127 And a combination of a polynuclear ruthenium compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,591, 758, and a bis- s------------- The abbreviated thiazole compound and the triterpenoid s-triazine compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,239,850, and the trihalogenated oxyl group described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,212,976 Diazole compounds and the like. Particularly preferred is a tridentate sulfhydryl group - a s-triazine, a trihalo fluorenyl group, a dioxin, and a triaryl stilbene dimer. In addition, as a suitable example, a "polymerization initiator c" which is contained in the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 1 1336〇〇5, is also exemplified. »Heiguangguang 5 starter or photopolymerization initiator can be used alone or in combination of two or more. It is particularly preferable to use two or more kinds of photopolymerization initiators, _ indicating characteristics, especially The uneven variable photopolymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator is shown to be relatively 1 wt% to 15 wt ° / 〇. Other layers: The opposite of light absorption: Control 78 201113332 2 bump followability. The composition used for the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably Japanese Patent No. 5,72724, which is a high-molecular substance, which is particularly good: "from the Vicat method (specifically, it is based on the American material test method astmd 1235 (tetra) compound. The soft point of the method is as follows: the choice of organic south molecular substances. Specific examples include polyethylene, polypropylene-specific polyolefin, ethylene and vinyl acetate s| or its saponified ethylene copolymer The substance 'B touch _ (4) or its saponified product, gas-ethylene ethylene, ethylene-ethylene and vinyl acetate S and its saponified matter, such as ethylene-penetomer, poly-p-ethylene gas, ethylene-ethylene copolymer Styrene copolymers such as polystyrene, styrene and (meth)acrylic acid® or their saponified products, polyvinyl benzene, vinyl toluene and (mercapto) acrylate or their saponification Ethylene-based toluene copolymer, such as poly(methyl) acrylate vinegar, (meth) acetoacetic acid butyl vinegar and ethyl acetate vinegar (meth) acrylic acid vinegar copolymer, acetic acid Polyacetamide copolymer, such as nylon, copolymerized nylon, (4) thiolated domain, N^f-amined nylon In the transfer material, it is preferable to provide an intermediate layer in order to prevent mixing of components during coating of a plurality of coating layers and storage after coating. The intermediate layer is a Japanese patent. In the oxygen blocking film having an oxygen blocking function described in the "By ς 曰", the exposure sensitivity is improved, the time load of the exposure machine is reduced, and the productivity is improved. The oxygen = film is preferably low in the form (iv), and is dispersed or transferred to water or in the solution of the valley liquid, which can be appropriately selected from known substances. Among these are polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinyl. A combination of Weikenone. 1. The horse may also be used as the alignment layer by using the above-mentioned thermoplastic resin layer or the above-mentioned intermediate layer as the alignment layer, which is preferably used in the above-mentioned layer 79 201113332, especially in the above-mentioned towel layer. Preferably, the intermediate layer and the alignment layer are one layer. Preferably, a thin protective film is provided on the tree layer to protect the resin layer from contamination (4) during storage. The protective film may be formed of a material similar to or similar to the temporary support, but must be easily separated from the resin layer. For the protection of the film material, it is suitable for Shi Xi paper, poly-smoke or poly-tetraethylene sheet. The light and the absorbing film and the photosensitive resin layer, and the predetermined light alignment, and the thermoplastic resin layer and the intermediate layer formed as needed may be formed by the same method as the above-described method of forming the anisotropic method. The shape can be coated with more than two layers at the same time. For the method of simultaneous coating, 253 pages of the coating engineering of the U.S. Patent No. 2,761,791, U.S. Patent No. 2,941,898, U.S. Patent No. 3,508,947, and U.S. Patent No. 3,526,528 (1973)) Documented. Force (5)-2 A method of forming a light absorbing anisotropic film using a transfer material. The method of transferring the transfer material described in the present invention onto a substrate has no disk=system as long as it can be on the substrate _Printing the above-mentioned light absorbing anisotropic film = light resin layer, there is no _ limit. For example, using a laminator (using a heated or/or pressurized light or flat plate), the transfer material described in the present invention which has been difficult to be thinned is laminated with a photosensitive resin layer = heat-bonded or heat-bonded. Attached to the surface of the substrate 4, the body can be cited as 曰 利 特 7 7 7 · · · · 7 7 7 、 、 、 、 、 日本 日本 日本 日本 942 942 942 942 942 942 曰 曰 曰 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 334 In the case of the laminating machine and the laminating method described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 148794, it is preferable to use the method described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 7 (10). Thereafter, the support _ or the surface of the polarizing film exposed by peeling may be formed into another layer such as an electrode layer or the like.基板 The substrate of the material to be transferred as the transfer transfer material is combined. For example, a transparent substrate can be used, and a known glass plate or plastic film such as a soda glass plate having an oxide film on the surface thereof, a low expansion glass, an alkali-free glass, or a quartz glass plate can be used. Further, the material to be transferred may be a material in which a layer such as a color filter is provided on the substrate of S. Further, the material to be transferred can be adhered to the photosensitive resin layer by a coupling treatment in advance. This coupling treatment is suitable for the method of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2〇〇〇39〇33. Further, the film thickness of the substrate is not particularly limited, but is usually preferably 700 μm to 1200 μm. It is also possible to provide an adhesive layer on the material to be transferred without providing an adhesive layer on the light absorbing anisotropic film. 2. Polarizer and display device (1) Polarizer The present invention also relates to a polarizer having a substrate and the light absorbing anisotropic film of the present invention on the substrate. Substrate: The substrate usable in the present invention is selected depending on the use of the polarizer. For example, a liquid crystal display element, an alkali-free glass used for an organic light-emitting diode (OLED) element, a soda glass, a Pyrex (registered trademark) glass, a quartz glass, and a solid-state image sensor 81 201113332 a photoelectric conversion element substrate to be used, a germanium substrate, a plastic substrate, and a substrate on which a functional layer such as a transparent conductive film, a color filter film, an electrode, a thin film transistor (TFT), or the like is formed on the substrate . A black matrix for isolating each pixel or a transparent resin layer for promoting, bonding, or the like may be formed on the substrates. For the plastic substrate, it is also preferable to have a gas barrier layer and/or a solvent resistant layer on the surface thereof. The light transmittance of the substrate used in the present invention is preferably at least the above. Further, the plastic substrate is preferably a polymer film which is optically isotropic. Specific examples and preferred aspects of the polymer can be described in paragraph number [0013] of JP-A-2002-222942. Further, even if it is a polymer which is known to exhibit birefringence such as polycarbonate or polysulfone, it can be used in the international publication WOGG/267G5 to reduce the expression by performing molecular modification. compound of. Other functional layers: The polarizer of the present invention may have an alignment film between the substrate and the above-mentioned light absorbing anisotropic film. Examples of the alignment film, materials used in the formation, and formation methods are as described above. Further, it is preferable that the polarizer of the present invention has a color filter layer between the substrate and the light absorbing anisotropic film. In addition to the color filter layer, other functional layers such as transparent conductive iridium, color filter film, miscellaneous, and the like may be provided. Alternatively, a black matrix may be formed in which each pixel is isolated. Further, the polarizer of the present invention may have a transparent resin hardened layer on the light absorbing anisotropic film. The formation of the resin hardened layer is formed and the formation method is as above. 82 201113332 (2) Display device The present invention also relates to a display device comprising at least one light absorbing anisotropic film of the present invention. The composition and the like are not particularly limited. Specific examples include: Twisted Nematic (TN), Super Twisted Nematic (STN), Vertical Alignment (VA), Electrically Controlled Birefringence (ECB), and coplanar switching (In-Plane Switching, IPS) or Optical Compensated Birefringence (〇CB), etc. = various modes, transmissive, reflective or semi-transmissive liquid crystal display OLEDs. It is particularly preferable to provide the light absorbing anisotropic film of the present invention on the inner surface of the inner surface of the opposite side of the surface of the photon. Display device. By setting this configuration, it is possible to reduce the amount of scattered light caused by the depolarization of the first layer, and J* I ^ is more lenient than the present invention, but the present invention is further 7 The main g is not limited to the following examples. The measurement of the off is: : 2, the optical characteristic phase of the light absorbing anisotropic film is - the color ratio &gt; The lanthanide polarizing element is placed in a spectrophotometer pair in the human optical system. u absorbs the absorbance of the anisotropic film, and absorbs the polarized light in the direction of the absorption axis by the following formula 83 201113332 one color ratio: D = Az/Ay 臈·pigment 臈

Ay.色素膜對偏光軸方向的偏光的吸光度 (實例1 ) 於氣仿98 ^量伤中添力σ 2重量份的下述結構的偶氮色 素Α-1,攪拌溶解後進行過濾,獲得二色性色素組成物塗 液繼而於开&gt; 成在玻璃基板上並進行了摩擦的配向膜 3上述塗佈液,紐,於室溫下將氯仿自然乾燥。配 °、疋使=聚酿亞胺(日產化學公司製造的职則。 =㈣光载異方性麟雜對在麻⑽吸收轴 的偏光軸1=有的:動光面的=度广)、及對在膜面内 :―色匕⑻、以及所使用的偶氮色素的極大吸收波長 膜而充分發揮功能異方性膜具有可作為偏光 [化 37]Ay. Absorbance of polarized film in the direction of polarization axis (Example 1) Azo dye oxime-1 having the following structure, adding σ 2 parts by weight in a gas-like 98 ^ mass injury, was stirred and dissolved, and then filtered to obtain two The coloring matter composition coating liquid was then opened to form the above-mentioned coating liquid on the glass substrate and rubbed, and the chloroform was naturally dried at room temperature. With °, 疋 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = In the film surface: the color 匕 (8) and the azo dye used in the maximum absorption wavelength film and fully function as an anisotropic film can be used as polarized light [Chem. 37]

(實例2) 將偶氮色素A-1變更為下述結 與實例1同樣地製作光吸收異方_。將 84 201113332 ' X' -- 的,tux及所使㈣錢色素的極大吸收波長及 性示於表1中。所使用的偶氮色素具有向列液晶 發揮功方性膜表現出可作為偏光膜而充分 [化 38] Α-2 C6H13(Example 2) The azo dye A-1 was changed to the following knot. The light absorption heterogeneity _ was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The maximum absorption wavelength and properties of 84 201113332 'X' --, tux and the (4) money pigment are shown in Table 1. The azo dye used has a nematic liquid crystal, and the functional film exhibits sufficient function as a polarizing film. Α-2 C6H13

-^-N=N-^-N=N

C2H5 C2H5 (實例3) 將偶氮色素A-l變更為下述結構的a_3,除此以外, 與實例1同樣地f作光吸收異紐膜。將所得的光吸收里 ^生獏的二色比、極大吸收波長及所制的偶氮色素的相 =移溫度示於表1中。所使用的偶氮色素具有向列液晶 ’且所得的光吸收異方性膜具有可料偏域而充分發 輝功能的高的二色比。 [化 39] A-3 C7H15C2H5 C2H5 (Example 3) In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the azo dye A-1 was changed to a_3 of the following structure, f was used as a light absorbing heterojunction film. The dichroic ratio of the obtained light absorption, the maximum absorption wavelength, and the phase shift temperature of the produced azo dye are shown in Table 1. The azo dye used has a nematic liquid crystal ′ and the obtained light absorbing anisotropic film has a high dichroic ratio which is capable of being biased and sufficiently luminescent. [化39] A-3 C7H15

-〈―》—N=N-<―》—N=N

N~^N: p2H5 b2H5 (實例4) 將偶氮色素A-l變更為下述結構的Α·4,除此以外, 85 201113332 與實例1同樣地製作練收異方性膜。將所得的光吸收異 =膜的—色比以及所使用的偶氮色素的極大吸收波長及 ^目轉移溫度示於表丨中。所使用的偶氮色素具有向列液晶 所得的光練異錄財討作為偏細而充分發 揮功能的高的二色比。 [化 40]N~^N: p2H5 b2H5 (Example 4) An anisotropic film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the azo dye A-1 was changed to Α·4 having the following structure. The obtained light absorption difference = the color ratio of the film and the maximum absorption wavelength and the transfer temperature of the azo dye used are shown in the surface. The azo dye used has a high dichroic ratio which is a fine and sufficient function as a nephron of the nematic liquid crystal. [40]

A-4 C4H9OA-4 C4H9O

νΌ~ν: p2H5 c2h5 (實例5 ) 將偶氮色素A-l變更為下述結構的A_14,除此 同Γ製作光吸收異方性膜。將所得的光吸收異 偶氮色素的極核收波長及 相轉移^度不於表1中。所使用的偶氮色素 性,且所得的光吸收里方性膜農右 有向列液日日 揮功能:= 有可作為偏光膜而充分發 [化 41] A-14 C4H9 Ό~νΌΌ~ν: p2H5 c2h5 (Example 5) The azo dye A-1 was changed to A_14 of the following structure, and a light absorbing anisotropic film was produced in the same manner. The polar nucleation wavelength and phase shift of the obtained light absorbing iso azo dye are not shown in Table 1. The azo pigmentity used, and the obtained light absorption radiance film, the right directional liquid, daily function: = can be fully used as a polarizing film [Chem. 41] A-14 C4H9 Ό~ν

νΌ^ν: CH, 〇6Ηΐ3 (實例6) 86 201113332 與實= = : =的A*除此以外, 相轉及所使用的偶氮色素的極大吸收波長及 性,表1中。所使㈣魏色素具有向列液晶 •二=及t異方性膜具有可作為偏光膜而充分發 [化 42] A-20Ό Ό ^ ν: CH, 〇 6 Ηΐ 3 (Example 6) 86 201113332 and A = of the = = : = In addition, the wavelength and the maximum absorption wavelength and the azo dye used are shown in Table 1. (4) Wei pigment has nematic liquid crystal • The second and the anisotropic film have sufficient function as a polarizing film.

C4H9~^~~y~-N=NC4H9~^~~y~-N=N

n=nn=n

,C2H5 c2h5 (實例7) 將偶氮色素A-l變更為下述結構的a_27,除此以外, ,、貫例1同樣地製作纽收異方性膜 方性膜的二色比以及所制的贿色素的極纽收波長及 =轉移溫度示於表!巾。所细的魏色素具有向列液晶 且所得的光吸收異方性膜具有可作為偏光膜而充分發 輝功能的高的二色比。 [化 43] A-27 87 201113332 c4h9C2H5 c2h5 (Example 7) The azo dye A1 was changed to the a_27 of the following structure, and the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic film was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 and the bribe prepared. The maximum wavelength of the pigment and the temperature of the transfer are shown in the table! towel. The fine Wei pigment has a nematic liquid crystal and the obtained light-absorbing anisotropic film has a high dichroic ratio which can function as a polarizing film and sufficiently emit light. [化 43] A-27 87 201113332 c4h9

(實例8) 將偶氮色素Α·1變更為下述結構的B_3,除此以外, 二實例1同樣地製作光錄異方_。騎得的光吸收異 =_二色比以及所使用的偶氮色素的極大吸收波長及 :轉移溫度示於表丨中。所制的偶氮色素具有向列液晶 ’且所得的纽收異方賴具有可作為偏統而充分發 揮功能的高的二色比。 [化 44] B-3(Example 8) In the same manner as in Example 1 except that azo dye Α·1 was changed to B_3 of the following structure. The light absorption of the ride is different = the dichromatic ratio and the maximum absorption wavelength of the azo dye used and the transfer temperature are shown in the table. The produced azo dye has a nematic liquid crystal ‘ and the resulting annihilation has a high dichroic ratio which can function as a singularity and fully functions. [化44] B-3

(實例9) ,氣仿98重#份中添加丨重量份的偶氮色f a i、及 1重量份的二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(kayaraddpha,日 本化藥(股)公司製造),攪拌溶解後進行過濾,獲得二色 性色素組·塗佈液。顧’於形成在_基板上且進行 了摩擦處理的配向膜的摩擦處理面塗佈上述塗佈液,然 後,於室溫下將氣仿自然乾燥,使用紫外線照射裝置 (Execure 3000-w,HOYA-SCHOTT 公司製造)照射 i 8 88 201113332 JW的紫外線20秒。配向岐使料輕胺(日產化學 公司製造的SE-150)。 將所得的光吸收異方性膜的根據對在膜面内的吸收轴 方向上具有振動面的偏光的吸光度(Az)、及對在膜面内 的偏光軸方向上具有振動_偏光的吸纽(Ay)而求出 tm)、極大吸收波長(λ_)及相轉移溫度示於 二 ,所制的錢色素具有向瓶晶性,且所 異方性膜具有可作為偏光膜而充分發揮功能的 (比較例1 ) 利特的化合物(曰本專 將所得的光吸收異方性膜 、 色素的極大吸收波長及相轉移、;色2及:使用的偶氡 然具有向列液晶性,但於不於表1中。組成物雖 異方性。 肖骐上發生結晶化’不表現出 [化 45](Example 9), an azo color fai containing 丨 by weight and 1 part by weight of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (kayaraddpha, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) were added to a weight of 98 parts, and the mixture was stirred and dissolved for filtration. A dichroic dye group and a coating liquid were obtained. The coating liquid was applied to the rubbing treatment surface of the alignment film formed on the substrate and subjected to the rubbing treatment, and then the gas sample was naturally dried at room temperature, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (Execure 3000-w, HOYA) was used. - Manufactured by SCHOTT) Irradiated i 8 88 201113332 JW UV for 20 seconds. The hydrazine is a light amine (SE-150 manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.). The absorbance (Az) of the polarized light having the vibration surface in the absorption axis direction in the film surface of the obtained light-absorbing anisotropic film, and the vibration-polarization light in the direction of the polarization axis in the film surface (Ay), the obtained tm), the maximum absorption wavelength (λ_), and the phase transition temperature are shown in two. The produced money pigment has a crystallinity to the bottle, and the anisotropic film has a function as a polarizing film. (Comparative Example 1) Lit's compound (the maximum absorption wavelength and phase transfer of the light-absorbing anisotropy film and the dye obtained by the present invention; the color 2 and the use of the dipole have a nematic liquid crystal property, but Not in Table 1. The composition is anisotropic. Crystallization on the 骐 ' does not show [化45]

2 (C-1) (比較例 於氣仿98重量份中添力t 1重量份的下述化學式^/重量份的偶I色素A-1、及 丨2)的液晶性高分子,攪掉溶網 89 201113332 後進行過濾,獲得二色性色素組成物塗佈液。繼而,於形 成在玻璃基板上且進行了摩擦處理的配向膜的摩擦處理面 上塗佈上述塗佈液,其後,於室溫下將氣仿真空乾燥,升 /Da至220 C後,逐漸冷卻至室溫。配向膜是使用聚酿亞胺 (日產化學公司製造SE-150)。將所得的光吸收異方性膜 的根據對在膜面内的吸收軸方向上具有振動面的偏光的吸 光度(Az)及對在膜面内的偏光轴方向上具有振動面的偏 光的吸光度(Ay)而求出的二色比(D)、偶氮色素的極大 吸收波長(Xmax)及相轉移溫度示於表1中。 [化 46] CH3 _ m r= λ ~s_o-^Z^~ocH32 (C-1) (Comparative Example: Liquid crystal polymer of the following chemical formula / 1 part by weight of the I-type I dyes A-1 and 丨2) added to 98 parts by weight of the gas sample, and stirred up After the dissolution of the net 89 201113332, filtration was carried out to obtain a dichroic dye composition coating liquid. Then, the coating liquid is applied onto the rubbing treatment surface of the alignment film formed on the glass substrate and subjected to the rubbing treatment, and then the air simulation is dried at room temperature, and after rising/Da to 220 C, gradually Cool to room temperature. The alignment film is made of polynitrite (SE-150 manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.). The absorbance (Az) of the polarized light having the vibration surface in the absorption axis direction in the film surface and the absorbance of the polarized light having the vibration surface in the direction of the polarization axis in the film surface of the obtained light-absorbing anisotropic film ( The dichroic ratio (D) obtained by Ay), the maximum absorption wavelength (Xmax) of the azo dye, and the phase transition temperature are shown in Table 1. [Chem. 46] CH3 _ m r= λ ~s_o-^Z^~ocH3

cA〇(CH綱 J .-〇r^&gt;CN (c-2) [表1]cA〇(CH class J .-〇r^&gt;CN (c-2) [Table 1]

偶氮色素No. 二色比 吸收極大波長 相轉移溫度 實例1 A-1 20 610 nm —_Ji20〇tN 237〇CI 實例2 Α·2 18 590 nm _K 206〇C N 229°r T 實例3 Α-3 17 590 nm K 209〇C N 7.7ΤΓ T — 實例4 Α·4 17 613 nm K 178°c N 2d0°r T 實例5 Α-14 16 600 nm K 120°C N 248°Γ T 實例6 Α·20 14 600 nm —-Hl〇tN228〇CI — 實例7 Α-27 16 540 nm K218〇C Ν220°Γ T &quot; 實例8 Β-3 19 606 nm R197CN255°r T 實例9 Α·1 18 610 nm __K- 200ος N 237°C I 比較例1 C-1 1 (結晶化) 490 nm -K 24〇°c N 28n°r T &quot; 比較例2 Α-1 9 610 nm K 200°C N 2^7°r T (實例10) 201113332Azo dye No. dichroic ratio absorption maximum wavelength phase transition temperature Example 1 A-1 20 610 nm —_Ji20〇tN 237〇CI Example 2 Α·2 18 590 nm _K 206〇CN 229°r T Example 3 Α-3 17 590 nm K 209〇CN 7.7ΤΓ T — Example 4 Α·4 17 613 nm K 178°c N 2d0°r T Example 5 Α-14 16 600 nm K 120°CN 248°Γ T Example 6 Α·20 14 600 nm —-Hl〇tN228〇CI — Example 7 Α-27 16 540 nm K218〇C Ν220°Γ T &quot; Example 8 Β-3 19 606 nm R197CN255°r T Example 9 Α·1 18 610 nm __K- 200ος N 237°CI Comparative Example 1 C-1 1 (crystallization) 490 nm -K 24〇°c N 28n°r T &quot; Comparative Example 2 Α-1 9 610 nm K 200°CN 2^7°r T ( Example 10) 201113332

X 藉由以下的合成流裎來合成下述結構的二色性色素 B-3。再者,通式(2)、通式(4)及通式(5)所表示的化 合物可利用同樣的方法來合成。 [化 47]X The dichroic dye B-3 having the following structure was synthesized by the following synthetic flow. Further, the compounds represented by the formula (2), the formula (4) and the formula (5) can be synthesized by the same method. [化47]

一 C4Hg, -Q-N=N-Q-NH2 HCI AcOH/etC02H MeOH 2a C4Hg, -Q-N=N-Q-NH2 HCI AcOH/etC02H MeOH 2

Pd2dba3, P(o-tol)3 V J NaOBu1 2. 1Pd2dba3, P(o-tol)3 V J NaOBu1 2. 1

NaN〇2 2 ‘ HCI MeOH AcOH/DMAc B-3 化合物l的合成: μ f4_ 丁基苯胺44.8份溶解於3.〇 N鹽酸水360 ml中, :二ί浴冷卻至〇。。’對所得的溶液-邊保持5。〇以下的溫 Γ w逐里地添加使亞硝_22.8份溶解於水48 ml =液。於保持溫度的狀態下攪拌卜丨、時左S,確認到 it鹽的生成後,—邊保持π以下的溫度-邊逐次少 里地滴加至將Ν•苯基胺基甲魏鈉62.8份及乙酸納90.0 解於水600 ml中並冰浴冷卻至叱的溶液中。滴加結 3=反ΐΐ升溫至室溫,對所析出的結晶進行過滤, 中該結晶溶解於1 Ν的氫氧化納水溶液 以少量的精生11 2小時。對所析出的結晶進行過滤, 以VI的曱^洗後,加以乾燥,獲得46 5份的化合物】。 91 201113332 化合物2的合成: 將5.07份的化合物1溶解於4.0 N鹽酸水22.5 ml及 乙酸7.5 ml中,將其冰浴冷卻至0°C,對所得的溶液一邊 保持5°C以下的溫度一邊逐次少量地添加使亞硝酸鈉1.52 份溶解於水3 ml中的溶液。於保持溫度的狀態下攪拌1小 時左右’確認到重氮鏽鹽的生成後,一邊保持5它以下的 溫度一邊逐次少量地滴加至將間曱苯胺2.14份溶解於甲 醇60 ml中並冰浴冷卻至0°C的溶液中。滴加結束後,將 反應液升溫至室溫,利用碳酸氫鈉將反應液中和後,對所 析出的結晶進行過滤’利用水及甲醇進行清洗。乾燥後, 獲得5.05份的化合物2。 化合物3的合成: 於氮氣環境下’對於將三(二亞苄基丙酮)二鈀 (tris(dibenzylidene acetone)dipalladium) 0.27 份、三鄰甲 苯基膦(trisorthotolyl phosphine) 1.16份及第三丁氧化鈉 6.40份溶解於曱苯1〇〇 ml中的溶液,添加2碘噻吩ι〇 〇 ,及比η各a定5.20份,於8〇°C下攪拌10小時。將反應液減 壓洛顧’獲得4.60份的化合物3。 偶氮色素B-3的合成: 將1.00份的化合物2溶解於二曱基乙醯胺4〇 ml、乙 ,10+ml及12 N鹽酸1鮒中,將其冰浴冷卻至〇它,對所 付的溶液一邊保持5。〇以下的溫度一邊逐次少量地添加使 亞納(U2份溶解於水丨ml中的溶液。於保持溫度的 狀態下赫1小時左右,確細重氮鑌鹽的生成後,一邊 92 20111333¾ 保持5 C以下的溫度一邊逐次少量地滴加至將0.42份的化 合物3溶解於甲醇60 ml中並冰浴冷卻至〇°C的溶液中。 滴加結束後’將反應液升溫至室溫,利用碳酸氫鈉將反應 液中和後’對所析出的結晶進行過濾,利用水及曱醇進行 清洗。利用管柱層析儀(column chromatography )純化後, 獲得0.50份的偶氮色素B_3。B-3的N-甲基吡咯烷酮溶劑 中的λιπαχ為606.2 nm。再者,h-NMR (CDC13)的詳細内 容為 8.04 (d,4H),7.85 (d, 2H),7.80 (d,1H),7.66 (d, 1H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 6.04 (d, 1H), 3.50 (m, 4H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.71 (t, 2H), 2.14 (m, 4H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 2H), 0.97(t,3H)。 (實例11) 利用與貫例10相同的合成流程,將吼洛咬換成n_(2_ 曱氧基乙基)甲基胺,合成二色性色素B-21。B-21的N-曱 基0比略烧酮溶劑中的Xmax為584.8 nm。再者,h-NMR (CDC13)的詳細内容為 8 〇4 (山 4H), 7.85 (d, 2H),7.80 (d, 1H),7.60 (m, 2H),7.56 (d,1H),7.33 (d,2H),6.10 (d, 1H), 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.71 (t, 2H),1.68 (m, 2H),1.40 (m, 2H), 0.97 (t,3H)。 (實例12) 利用與實例10相同的合成流程,將4_丁基苯胺換成 4-胺基吡啶’將吡咯啶換成2_(曱基胺基)乙醇,合成二色 性色素B-23。B-23的N-曱基吡咯烷酮溶劑中的Xmax為 618.6 nm。再者,iH_NMR (CDCl3)的詳細内容為8 〇4⑼ 93 201113332 2H), 7.51 (di 1H) 3-62 (m, 2H), 3 ^ 4H), 7.85 (d, 2H), 7.8〇 (d, iH), 7.60 (m, 7.33 (d, 2H), 6.13 (d, 1H), 3.95 (m, 2H), (s,3H), 2.80 (s, 3H)。 雖然本發明已以較佳實施例揭露如上,然其 限定本發明,任何熟習此技藝者,在不脫離本發明用支以 和範圍内’當可作些許之更動與潤飾,因此本發明之^ 範圍當視後附之申請專利範圍所界定者為準。 【圖式簡單說明】 益 【主要元件符號說明】 益 &lt;&gt;»&gt; 94NaN〇2 2 ‘ HCI MeOH AcOH/DMAc B-3 Synthesis of Compound 1 : 44.8 parts of μ f 4 —butylaniline was dissolved in 360 ml of 3.〇N hydrochloric acid water, and the mixture was cooled to 〇. . The obtained solution was kept at 5. 〇 The following temperature w is added in a row to dissolve 22.8 parts of nitrous acid in water 48 ml = liquid. Stirring the dip and keeping the temperature to the left S, and confirming the formation of the it salt, while maintaining the temperature below π, it was added dropwise to 62.8 parts of the phenyl phenylcarbamate. And sodium acetate 90.0 was dissolved in 600 ml of water and cooled to a solution of hydrazine in an ice bath. Drip addition 3 = The temperature was raised to room temperature, and the precipitated crystals were filtered, and the crystals were dissolved in a 1 N aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide in a small amount for 11 hours. The precipitated crystals were filtered, washed with VI, and dried to obtain 46 5 parts of a compound. 91 201113332 Synthesis of Compound 2: 5.07 parts of Compound 1 was dissolved in 22.5 ml of 4.0 N hydrochloric acid water and 7.5 ml of acetic acid, and the mixture was cooled to 0 ° C in an ice bath, and the obtained solution was kept at a temperature of 5 ° C or lower. A solution in which 1.52 parts of sodium nitrite was dissolved in 3 ml of water was added in small portions. After stirring for about 1 hour while maintaining the temperature, it was confirmed that the formation of the diazo rust salt was carried out while maintaining a temperature of 5 or less, and a small amount of 2.14 parts of m-anisidine was dissolved in 60 ml of methanol and ice-cooled. Cool to a solution at 0 °C. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, and the reaction mixture was neutralized with sodium hydrogencarbonate, and then the precipitated crystals were filtered, and washed with water and methanol. After drying, 5.05 parts of Compound 2 was obtained. Synthesis of Compound 3: Under nitrogen atmosphere, for 0.27 parts of tris(dibenzylidene acetone) dipalladium, 1.16 parts of trisorthotolyl phosphine and sodium tributoxide 6.40 parts of a solution dissolved in 1 〇〇ml of toluene, 2 ioiothiophene oxime, and 5.20 parts of η each, and stirred at 8 ° C for 10 hours. The reaction solution was depressurized to obtain 4.60 parts of Compound 3. Synthesis of azo dye B-3: 1.00 part of compound 2 was dissolved in 4 〇ml of dimercaptoacetamide, B, 10+ ml and 1 N hydrochloric acid 1 Torr, and the mixture was cooled to 〇 it, The solution was kept at 5 while holding. At the temperature below, the solution of the sub-nano solution (U2 is dissolved in the hydrazine ml) is added in a small amount. After the temperature is maintained for about 1 hour, the formation of the fine diazonium salt is maintained, while the side is maintained at 92 201113333⁄4. The temperature below C was added dropwise in small portions to a solution in which 0.42 parts of the compound 3 was dissolved in 60 ml of methanol and cooled to 〇 ° C in an ice bath. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction solution was heated to room temperature, using carbonic acid. After the neutralization of the reaction liquid, the precipitated crystals were filtered, washed with water and decyl alcohol, and purified by column chromatography to obtain 0.50 parts of azo dye B_3. The λιπαχ in the solvent of N-methylpyrrolidone is 606.2 nm. Furthermore, the details of h-NMR (CDC13) are 8.04 (d, 4H), 7.85 (d, 2H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 7.66 ( d, 1H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 6.04 (d, 1H), 3.50 (m, 4H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.71 (t, 2H), 2.14 (m , 4H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 2H), 0.97 (t, 3H). (Example 11) Using the same synthetic procedure as in Example 10, the scorpion bite was changed to n_(2_ 曱 oxygen Ethyl ethyl) methyl Amine, synthesizing dichroic dye B-21. The Xmax of N-mercapto 0 in B-21 is slightly 584.8 nm. Furthermore, the details of h-NMR (CDC13) are 8 〇4 (mountain) 4H), 7.85 (d, 2H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 6.10 (d, 1H), 3.63 (m, 4H) ), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.71 (t, 2H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 2H), 0.97 (t, 3H) (Example 12) Using the same synthetic procedure as in Example 10, replacing 4-butylaniline with 4-aminopyridine, replacing pyrrolidine with 2_(decylamino)ethanol, and synthesizing dichroic dye B-23 The Xmax of B-23 in N-decylpyrrolidone solvent is 618.6 nm. Furthermore, the details of iH_NMR (CDCl3) are 8 〇4(9) 93 201113332 2H), 7.51 (di 1H) 3-62 (m, 2H) , 3 ^ 4H), 7.85 (d, 2H), 7.8 〇 (d, iH), 7.60 (m, 7.33 (d, 2H), 6.13 (d, 1H), 3.95 (m, 2H), (s, 3H ), 2.80 (s, 3H). While the invention has been described above in terms of the preferred embodiments of the present invention, it is to be understood that the invention may be modified and modified without departing from the scope of the invention. The scope is subject to the definition of the scope of the patent application attached. [Simple description of the schema] Benefits [Description of main component symbols] Benefits &lt;&gt;»&gt; 94

Claims (1)

201113332 七、申請專利範固·· l —種光吸收異方,丨 Ο)及通式(2)所表示仏、犋,其是由含有選自下述通式 且實質上不含液晶性的^晶性偶氮色素#的至少-種、 物所形成: 者色性化合物的二色性色素組成 [化 48] Q1-L1201113332 VII. Application for patents, such as light absorption, 丨Ο, and 仏, 犋, represented by the formula (2), which are composed of a compound selected from the following formula and substantially free of liquid crystallinity. ^At least one species of crystalline azo pigment # is formed: the dichroic pigment composition of the chromophoric compound [Chem. 48] Q1-L1 式中,R1 ϋ 別獨立表示氫原子或取代基 ;R6及 R7分別獨立表示氫原子洗 ' 具有取代基的芳香族烴基:可 T二 表不氧原子或硫原子; [化 49] q2-n=n-^q3-n= /S、 R8 / R9 (2) 士中及R分別獨立表示氫原子或可具有取 的”,表示可具有取代基的料族烴基或 基;Q表示可具有取代基的二價芳香族烴基或二 雜環基;η表示卜4的整數’冑n為2以年埃 Q3可相同亦可不同。 ' 夕個 2·如申請專利範圍第1項所述之光吸收異方性膜 中上述通式⑴所表示的液晶性偶氮色素是町述通办〜 所表示’上述通式⑺所表叫液晶性偶氮色素是以=) 通式(4)所表示: 魂 95 201113332 [化 50] Rl° R11 N &gt;=/Wherein R1 独立 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; and R6 and R7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom-washed 'aromatic hydrocarbon group having a substituent: a T-di-epoxy atom or a sulfur atom; [Chem. 49] q2-n =n-^q3-n= /S, R8 / R9 (2) wherein R and R each independently represent a hydrogen atom or may have a "," indicating a hydrocarbon group or group which may have a substituent; Q represents a substitutable a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a diheterocyclic group; η represents an integer of 44' 胄n is 2, and the angstrom Q3 may be the same or different. ' 夕 2 2 · The light as described in claim 1 The liquid crystal azo dye represented by the above formula (1) in the absorbing anisotropic film is hereinafter described as 'the liquid crystal azo dye represented by the above formula (7) is represented by the formula (4) : Soul 95 201113332 [化50] Rl° R11 N &gt;=/ R15 / i R16 式中’ R1G〜R13分別獨立表示氫原子或烷基;R14表示 氫原子或曱基;R15及R16分別獨立表示可具有取代基的烧 基;B1表示氮原子或可具有取代基的碳原子;l2表示偶氮 基、醯氧基(-C(=0)〇-)、氧基羰基(_oc(=〇)_)或亞胺 基; [化 51]R15 / i R16 wherein 'R1G to R13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; R14 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group; and R15 and R16 each independently represent a group which may have a substituent; B1 represents a nitrogen atom or may have a substituent Carbon atom; l2 represents an azo group, a decyloxy group (-C(=0)〇-), an oxycarbonyl group (_oc(=〇)_) or an imine group; 式中’ R17〜R2G分別獨立表示氫原子或取代基;R21 及R22分別獨立表示可具有取代基的烷基;B2表示氮原子 或可具有取代基的碳原子;m表示1或2,當m為2時, 兩個Rl7〜R20可分別相同亦可不同。 3.如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之光吸收異方 &amp;棋’其中上述通式(2)所表示的液晶性偶氮色素是以下 $通式(5)所表示: Ut 52]Wherein R 17 to R 2 G each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent; B 2 represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom which may have a substituent; m represents 1 or 2, when m When it is 2, the two Rl7~R20 may be the same or different. 3. The light absorbing anisotropic &amp; chess as described in the first or second aspect of the patent application wherein the liquid crystalline azo dye represented by the above formula (2) is represented by the following formula (5): Ut 52] 式中’ r23〜R3G分別獨立表示氫原子或取代基;R31 及R32分別獨立表示可具有取代基的烷基;B3表示氮原子 96 201113332 或可具有取代基的碳原子。 4. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任-項所述之光 吸收異方㈣’其中上述液晶性贱色素表現出向列性。 5. 如申請專利範圍第i項至第4項中任—項所述之光 ,收異方性膜’其中相對於上述二色性色素組成物中的將 洛劑除外的總固體成分,上述液晶性偶氮色素的比例為2〇 wt% 〜100 wt% 〇 6·如申請專利範圍第1項至第5項中任-項所述之光 吸收異了性? ’其中上述二色性色素組成物含有至少-種 的非液ΒΒ性冋分子,相對於該組成物巾的將溶劑除外的總 口體成刀’非液晶性高分子所占的比例為0.1 wt%〜90 wt%。 ^ 丨玉啊〜丁巴祜暴扳以及於該基板上的如申請專 •I範圍第1項至第6項中任—項所述之光吸收異方性膜。 8.如申凊專利範圍第6項所述之偏光子,其中於上述 基板與上述光吸收異方性膜之間具有配向膜。 9· 一種顯示裝置,包括如申請專利範圍第1項至第5 頁中任一項所述之光吸收異方性膜、或如申請專利範圍第 7項或第8項所述之偏光子。 ίο.種偏光子的製造方法,其是如申請專利範圍第 8項或第9項所述之偏光子的製造方法,至少依序包^ 下的[1]〜[3J : Π]對基板直接、或對形成於該基板上的配向膜進行 摩擦或光照射的步驟; 、 97 201113332 [2] 於該基板或該配向膜上塗佈如申請專利範圍第1 項至第6項中任一項所述之二色性色素組成物的步驟;以 及 [3] 使上述二色性色素組成物配向而形成偏光子的步 驟。 11. 一種偶氮色素,其是如申請專利範圍第1項中所 述的通式(2)所表示的偶氮色素。 12. —種偶氮色素,其是如申請專利範圍第2項中所 述的通式(4)所表示的偶氮色素。 13. —種偶氮色素,其是如申請專利範圍第3項中所 述的通式(5)所表示的偶氮色素。 14. 一種二色性色素組成物,含有如申請專利範圍第 11項至第13項中任一項所述之偶氮色素。 15. —種光吸收異方性膜,其是由如申請專利範圍第 14項所述之二色性色素組成物所形成。 98 201113332 四、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:無 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 無 五、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵 的化學式: q1-l1^JLsVn=n R5 R3 R2Wherein 'r23 to R3G each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; R31 and R32 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent; and B3 represents a nitrogen atom 96 201113332 or a carbon atom which may have a substituent. 4. The light absorbing anisotropy (4) as described in any one of claims 1 to 3 wherein the liquid crystalline anthraquinone pigment exhibits nematicity. 5. The light as described in any one of the items (i) to (4) of the patent application, wherein the heterotrophic film is a total solid component excluding the agent in the dichroic dye composition, The ratio of the liquid crystal azo dye is from 2% by weight to 100% by weight. 〇6· The light absorption dissimilarity as described in any one of Items 1 to 5 of the patent application. The composition contains at least one kind of non-liquid helium molecule, and the ratio of the total mouth-forming non-liquid crystalline polymer excluding the solvent to the composition towel is 0.1 wt% to 90 wt%. ^ 丨 啊 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 丁 光 光 光 光 光 光 光 光 光8. The polarizer according to claim 6, wherein an alignment film is provided between the substrate and the light absorbing anisotropic film. A display device comprising the light absorbing anisotropic film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, or the polarizer as described in claim 7 or 8. Ίο. A method for producing a polarizer, which is a method for producing a polarizer as described in claim 8 or claim 9, at least in the order of [1]~[3J: Π] directly on the substrate Or a step of rubbing or light-treating the alignment film formed on the substrate; 97, 2011, 133, 322, [2] coating the substrate or the alignment film as in any one of claims 1 to 6 a step of forming the dichroic dye composition; and [3] a step of aligning the dichroic dye composition to form a polarizer. An azo dye which is an azo dye represented by the formula (2) as recited in claim 1 of the patent application. An azo dye which is an azo dye represented by the formula (4) as described in the second item of the patent application. An azo dye which is an azo dye represented by the formula (5) as recited in claim 3 of the patent application. A dichroic dye composition comprising the azo dye according to any one of claims 11 to 13. A light absorbing anisotropic film formed by the dichroic dye composition as described in claim 14 of the patent application. 98 201113332 IV. Designation of representative drawings: (1) The representative representative of the case is: No (2) The symbol of the symbol of the representative figure is simple: No. 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: q1 -l1^JLsVn=n R5 R3 R2 R8R8 -n=n-(q3-n=n)-^ n (2) 201113332 ^ .1 爲第Al28828號中文說明書無劃線修正頁 修正日期:99年12月24日 基;B1表示氮原子或可具有取代基的碳原子;L2表示偶氮 基、蕴氧基(-C(-O)O-)、氧基羰基(_〇c(=〇)_)或亞胺 基; [化4]-n=n-(q3-n=n)-^ n (2) 201113332 ^ .1 For the Chinese manual No. Al28828, there is no slash correction page. Revision date: December 24, 1999; B1 indicates nitrogen atom or a carbon atom having a substituent; L2 represents an azo group, a peroxy group (-C(-O)O-), an oxycarbonyl group (_〇c(=〇)_) or an imine group; [Chemical 4] 式中’ R17〜R2G分別獨立表示氫原子或取代基;R2】 及R22分別獨立表示可具有取代基的烷基;B2表示氮原子 或可具有取代基的碳原子;m表示1或2,當m為2時, 兩個R17〜R20可分別相同亦可不同。 [3]如第[1]項或第[2]項之光吸收異方性膜,其中上 述通式(2)所表示的液晶性偶氮色素是以下述通式(5) 所表示: [化5] 〇Wherein R 17 to R 2 G each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; R 2 and R 22 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent; B 2 represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom which may have a substituent; m represents 1 or 2, when When m is 2, the two R17 to R20 may be the same or different. [3] The light absorbing anisotropic film according to [1] or [2], wherein the liquid crystalline azo dye represented by the above formula (2) is represented by the following formula (5): 5] 〇 (5) 式中,R23〜R3G分別獨立表示氫原子或取代基;R31 及R32分別獨立表示可具有取代基的烷基;B3表示氮原子 或可具有取代基的碳原子。 201113332 爲第―8號中文_書_雜正頁 修正日期·,年12月24日‘ 項至第[3]項中任—項之光吸收異方性 膜,其中上述液晶性偶氮色素表現出向列性。 [5]如_項至_項巾任—項之光吸收異方性 :二#目對於上述二色性色素組成物中的將溶劑除外的 L固體成分,上述液晶性減色素的比例為2() w伙〜⑽ Wt% 〇 [6]如第[1]項至第[5]項中任一項之光吸收異方性 膜,其中上述二色性色素組成物含有至少—種的非液日曰性 高分子,相對於該組成物中的將溶劑除外的總固體成=, 非液晶性高分子所占的比例為〇·1 wt%〜90 wt〇/0。 =]—種偏光子,包括基板以及於該基板上的如第⑴ 項至第[6]項中任一項之光吸收異方性膜。 [8] 如第[7]項之偏光子,其中於上述基板與上述光吸 收異方性膜之間具有配向膜。 [9] —種顯示裝置,包括如第⑴項至第[5]項中任一項 之光吸收異方性膜、或如第[7]項或第[8]項之偏光子。 U〇] —種偏光子的製造方法,其是如第[8]項或第[9] 項之偏光子的製造方法,至少依序包括以下的⑴〜[3]: Π]對基板直接、或對形成於該基板上的配向膜進行 摩擦或光照射的步驟; 、 P]於該基板或該配向膜上塗佈上述二色性色素組成 物的步驟;以及 W [3]使上述二色性色素組成物配向而形成偏光子的步 201113332. 爲第99128828號中文說明書無劃線修^ 修正日期:99年12月24曰 R7分別獨立表錢原子或可具有取代 具有取代基的芳香族烴基、芳二=可 li表示二價連結基;a表示氧原子或硫辟基, [化 7] 丁 q2-n-n-(q3-n=n} -N R8 / R9 (2) ❹ Q ϊ:基表::=的數二=+二;= Q3可相同亦可不同。 為u上的時,多個 說明貫先,就通式⑴所表示的《性偶氮色素加以詳細 8的炫基,例如可列舉甲基、〜=佳為碳數1〜 正辛基、正癸基、正十 ^基、第三丁基、 2基、3-輪等):絲心丁稀 特佳為♦數…芳基,例如可。列=碳2數6=。基 13 201113332 修正日期:99年12月24曰 爲第9^128828號中文說明書無劃線修正頁 笨基、3,5-二(三氟甲基)苯基、萘基、聯苯基等)、經取代 或未經取代的胺基(較佳為碳數〇〜2〇、更佳為碳數〇〜 1〇、特佳為碳數〇〜6的胺基,例如可列舉未經取代的胺 基、甲基胺基、二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、苯胺基等), 、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1〜20、更佳為碳數1〜1〇、特佳 ,碳,1〜6,如可列舉甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基等)、 軋基碳基(較佳為碳數2〜2q、更佳為碳數2〜15、特佳為 I/0醢列舉甲氧基麟、乙氧基幾基、苯氧基幾基 虱土較佳為碳數2〜20、更佳為碳數2〜10、特 基;較二= 如2::舉尸广醯氧基等)、醯胺 _ 了歹舉醯胺基、苯甲醯胺基等)、烷氧美耧其 胺基(較佳為碳數2〜2〇、 土叛基 2〜6,例如可舰&quot;I ,更佳為破2〜1G、特佳為碳數 佳為雜7〜2G、)、料基絲胺基(較 例如可列舉笨美童/為破7〜16、特佳為碳數7〜12, CJ 1〜2。、更佳為:炭數===胺,較佳為魏 甲磺醯胺基、苯碏醯 反數1〜6 ’例如可列舉 ,更佳為碳數〇〜ω 縣(較佳為碳數〇〜 石黃醯基、甲基胺續醯基、二〜6 ’例如可列舉胺 胺〒醯基、二乙基卿酿Λ 1 ^代的㈣酿基1基 麵基(較佳為碳“13等), 更么為妷數〗〜10、特佳 14 X 201113332 爲第99128828號中文說明書無劃線修正頁修正日期:99年12月24日 季戊四醇六(曱基)丙烯酸酯等,其市售品例如可列舉: Aronix M-309、Aronix M-400、Aronix M-405、Aronix M-450、Aronix M-7100、Aronix M-8030、Aronix M-8060 (均為商品名’東亞合成化學工業(股)製造),KAYARAD TMPTA、KAYARAD DPHA、KAYARAD DPCA-20、 KAYARAD DPCA-30、KAYARAD DPCA-60、KAYARAD DPCA_120 (均為商品名’曰本化藥(股)製造),Biscoat 295、Biscoat 300、Biscoat 360、Biscoat GPT、Biscoat 3PA、 〇 Biscoat 400 (均為商品名,大阪有機化學工業(股)製造) 等。 關於進一步的單體及低聚物的例子,二官能或三官能 以上的(曱基)丙烯酸酯例如包括:聚乙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、聚丙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三經甲基乙院三丙婦酸 酯、二輕曱基丙燒二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸 酯、一季戊四醇五(甲基)丙埽酸酯、己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸 酉曰、二羥曱基丙烧三(丙烯酿氧基丙基)_ ❹ (trimethylolpropane tri(acryloylxy propyl)ether )' 異三聚氰 酸三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯(tri(acryl〇yky ethyOisocyanurate)、三聚氰酸三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、甘 油二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(glycerine tri(meth)acrylate )、磷酸三 ((甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯' 二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸 酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯;對三羥曱基丙烷或甘 油#的夕B月b醇加成環氧乙燒(贫㈣化狀⑽丨和)或環氧丙 烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物等的多官能丙烯 37 201113332 爲第99128828號中文說明書無劃線修正頁 修正曰期:99年12月24日 酉欠酉曰或多官能甲基丙細酸g旨,聚峻系多元醇的聚(甲基)丙 烯酸酯、聚酯系多元醇的聚(曱基)丙烯酸酯及聚胺基&quot;曱酸 酯系多元醇的聚(曱基)丙烯酸酯。 由多元醇與丙稀酸的醋所形成的單體是由三菱麗陽 (股)(商品名:DiabeamUK-4154)或日本化藥(股)(商 品名:KAYARAD.DPHA、SR355)所市售。 該些二官能或三官能以上的(甲基)丙烯酸酯可單獨或 組合使用,亦可與單官能(曱基)丙烯酸酯組合使用。 單官能的(甲基)丙烯酸醋例如可列舉:(曱基)丙烯酸 -2-羥基乙酯(2_hydroxyethyl(meth)acrylate )、卡必醇(曱基) 丙烯酸酯(carbitol(meth)acrylate )、(曱基)丙烯酸異冰片酯 (isobornyl(meth)acrylate)、(曱基)丙烯酸_3·曱氧基丁酯、 2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基-2-羥基丙基鄰苯二甲酸酯 (2-(meth)acryloxyethyl-2-hydroxypropyl phthalate )、聚乙 二醇單(曱基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙稀酸酯、(曱 基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等,其市售 品例如可列舉:Aronix Μ-101、Aronix Μ-111、Aronix Μ-114 (東亞合成化學工業(股)製造),KAYARADTC-ll〇s、 KAYARADTC-120S (日本化藥(股)製造),Biscoat 158、 Biscoat2311 (大阪有機化學工業(股)製造)。 如後文將述,製作偏光子時,較佳為將液晶性偶氮色 素的配向狀態固定,關於固定方法,利用聚合反應來將色 素的配向固定。聚合反應包括使用熱聚合起始劑的熱聚合 反應及使用光聚合起始劑的光聚合反應。 38 201113332. 修正曰期:99年12月24曰 爲第99128828號中文說明書無劃線修正頁 = 界面活性劑的添加量相對於上述液晶性偶氮 川k吊較佳為0.1 wt%〜10 wt%左右,更佳為〇 5赠。 〜i〇wt%左右’進而佳為0 5 wt%〜5 wt%左右。 防斥劑: 替ί::!用的上述二色性組成物中,亦可添加高分 =匕:物作為用以防止塗佈時的排斥性的材料。用於該目 的的μ子化合物只要與該液晶性減色素具有相容性, ο ί不2顯抑制色素的傾角變化或配向,則並無特別限 U制。可用作防斥劑的聚合物的例子於曰 號公報中有記載,特別好的具體的聚合物例可^ 牛纖維素醋類。纖維素醋的例子可列舉乙酸纖維素、 丙酉夂纖維素、經基丙基纖維素及乙酸丁酸纖維素。 以不抑制上述液晶性偶氮色素的配向的方式而用於防 =斥性2目的之聚合物的添加量相對於上述液晶性偶氮 色素而通*較佳為(U wt%〜1G wt%的範圍,更佳為在〇工 Wt%〜8,範圍内’進而佳為在0.1 wt%〜5 wt%的範 ❿ 圍内。 配向膜傾角控制劑: 上述二色性色素組成物中,亦可添加對配向膜侧的上 速液晶性偶氮色素分子的傾角加以控制的添加劑。具有此 種作用的添加_例子巾包括於分子内具有極性基與非極 *生基兩方的化合物。分子内具有錄基與非祕基兩方的 化合物可列舉以下化合物作為較佳例:PG_0H、PG_C00H、 Ρ°-0-Ρ° &gt; P〇.Nh2 . P〇.NH-P° ^ P°-SH ^ p°-s-p° . P0-C〇-P° &gt; 201113332 Λ 修正日期:99年12月24曰 爲第99128828號中文說明書無劃線修正頁 P°-CO〇-P〇 . P〇.C〇NH-P° . P°-CONHCO-P〇 . Ρ〇.δ〇3Η &gt; P°-S03- Ρ〇 . P°-S02NH-P° . P°-S〇2NHS02-P〇 . p〇.C=N-P° . H〇-P(-OP〇)2 . (HO-)2P〇.〇P〇 . P(.〇p〇)3 ^ H〇.p〇(_〇p0)2 ^(5) wherein R23 to R3G each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; R31 and R32 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent; and B3 represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom which may have a substituent. 201113332 is the light absorption absorbing anisotropy film of the No. 8 Chinese _ book _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Outward. [5] The light absorption anisotropy of the item of the item _ Item to item _: the target of the above-mentioned dichroic dye composition, the L solid component excluding the solvent, the ratio of the liquid crystal color reduction is 2 The light absorbing anisotropic film according to any one of the items [1] to [5], wherein the dichroic dye composition contains at least one kind of non-species The liquid funon polymer is composed of the total solids excluding the solvent in the composition =, and the ratio of the non-liquid crystalline polymer is 〇·1 wt% to 90 wt〇/0. And a light absorbing anisotropic film according to any one of the items (1) to [6]. [8] The polarizer according to Item [7], wherein an alignment film is provided between the substrate and the light-absorbing anisotropic film. [9] A display device comprising the light absorbing anisotropic film according to any one of items (1) to [5], or the polarizer according to item [7] or [8]. U〇] A method for producing a polarizer, which is a method for producing a polarizer according to item [8] or [9], comprising at least the following (1) to [3]: Π] directly on the substrate, Or a step of rubbing or irradiating the alignment film formed on the substrate; P) a step of coating the dichroic dye composition on the substrate or the alignment film; and W [3] making the above two colors The step of forming a polarizer by the alignment of the pigment component 201113332. For the Chinese manual No. 99128828, there is no underline repair. Amendment date: December 24, 1999, R7, respectively, independently of the atom or may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a substituent. , aryl 2 = li can represent a divalent linking group; a represents an oxygen atom or a thiol group, [chemical 7] butyl q2-nn-(q3-n=n} -N R8 / R9 (2) ❹ Q ϊ: Table: :==2=+2;=Q3 can be the same or different. When u is on, a plurality of explanations are taken first, and the azo group of the azo dye represented by the general formula (1) is detailed. For example, a methyl group, 〜=good carbon number 1 to n-octyl group, n-decyl group, n-decyl group, tert-butyl group, 2 group, 3-ring, etc.): silk core For ♦ number... aryl, for example. Column = carbon 2 number 6 =. Base 13 201113332 Revision date: December 24, 1999 is the 9th 128828 Chinese manual without a slash correction page stupid, 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, etc.) The substituted or unsubstituted amino group (preferably having a carbon number of 〇 2 〇, more preferably a carbon number 〇 1 〇, particularly preferably a carbon number 〇 -6), for example, unsubstituted Amino group, methylamino group, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, anilino group, etc.), alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 1 Å, or Preferably, carbon, 1 to 6, such as methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, etc.), a base carbon base (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 2 q, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 15, preferably) The methoxy ketone, the ethoxy group, and the phenoxy carbazide are preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 10, and a specific group; :: 举 醯 醯 醯 醯 醯, 醯 _ _ 歹 _ _ _ 歹 歹 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 ( ( ( ( 2~6, for example, can ship &quot;I, better for breaking 2~1G, especially good for carbon number is good for 7~2G,), material base wire The base (for example, a stupid child/breaking 7 to 16, particularly preferably a carbon number of 7 to 12, CJ 1 to 2.), more preferably: a carbon number ===amine, preferably a methicone. The benzoquinone inverse number 1 to 6 ' can be exemplified, and more preferably, it is a carbon number 〇 ~ ω county (preferably carbon number 石 ~ scutane thiol, methyl amine hydrazino group, bis ~ 6 ', for example, an amine amine 〒醯基,二乙卿 brewing Λ 1 ^ generation of (four) brewing base 1 base surface (preferably carbon "13, etc.", more is the number of 〗 〖~10, especially good 14 X 201113332 for the 99128828 Chinese The specification has no scribe line correction date. Date: December 24, 1999, pentaerythritol hexa(indenyl) acrylate, etc., and commercially available products include, for example, Aronix M-309, Aronix M-400, Aronix M-405, Aronix M -450, Aronix M-7100, Aronix M-8030, Aronix M-8060 (all manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Chemicals Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD TMPTA, KAYARAD DPHA, KAYARAD DPCA-20, KAYARAD DPCA-30, KAYARAD DPCA-60, KAYARAD DPCA_120 (all manufactured under the trade name 'Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.), Biscoat 295, Biscoat 300, Biscoat 360, Biscoat GPT, Bisco At 3PA, 〇 Biscoat 400 (all are trade names, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). For examples of further monomers and oligomers, difunctional or trifunctional or higher (fluorenyl) acrylates include, for example, polyethylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, polypropylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, Sanjing Methyl sulphate tripropionate, bis-fluorenyl propyl diacrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol penta (methyl) propyl phthalate, hexane diol Trimethylolpropane tri(acryloylxy propyl)ether trimethylolpropane tri(acryloylxy propyl)ether (tri(acryl〇yky ethyOisocyanurate), tris(propylene oxy)ethyl citrate, glycerine tri(meth)acrylate, tris(meth) propylene hydride Oxyethyl) ester dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate; bis-B-b-b alcohol addition to trihydrocarbyl propane or glycerol # (4) The formation of (meth) acrylate after the formation of (10) hydrazine and propylene oxide Polyfunctional propylene of the product, etc. 37 201113332 is the Chinese version of the 99128828 No-line correction page. Correction period: December 24, 1999 酉 酉 多 or polyfunctional methyl propyl succinic acid g Poly(meth)acrylate, poly(fluorenyl) acrylate of polyester-based polyol, and poly(indenyl) acrylate of polyamine-based phthalate-based polyol. Polyol and acrylic acid The monomer formed by vinegar is commercially available from Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd. (trade name: Diabeam UK-4154) or Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. (trade name: KAYARAD.DPHA, SR355). These difunctional or trifunctional The above (meth) acrylate may be used singly or in combination, or may be used in combination with a monofunctional (fluorenyl) acrylate. For example, a monofunctional (meth)acrylic acid vinegar may be exemplified by (nonyl)acrylic acid-2-hydroxyl Ethyl ester (2_hydroxyethyl(meth)acrylate), carbitol(meth)acrylate, isobornyl(meth)acrylate,(mercapto)acrylic acid_3 · 曱oxybutyl ester, 2-(meth) propylene oxiranyl ethyl -2- hydroxy 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl-2-hydroxypropyl phthalate, polyethylene glycol mono(mercapto) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(methyl) acrylate, (fluorenyl) Examples of commercially available products such as phenoxyethyl acrylate and ethylene glycol (meth) acrylate include Aronix®-101, Aronix®-111, and Aronix®-114 (manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). , KAYARADTC-ll〇s, KAYARADTC-120S (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Biscoat 158, Biscoat 2311 (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). As will be described later, when a polarizer is produced, it is preferred to fix the alignment state of the liquid crystal azochromin, and the polymerization method is used to fix the alignment of the colorant with respect to the fixing method. The polymerization reaction includes thermal polymerization using a thermal polymerization initiator and photopolymerization using a photopolymerization initiator. 38 201113332. Correction period: December 24, 1999 is No. 99128828 Chinese manual without scribe correction page = The amount of surfactant added is preferably 0.1 wt% to 10 wt% with respect to the liquid crystal azokawa k hang. About %, better for 〇5. ~i〇wt% or so' is preferably about 0 5 wt% to 5 wt%. Repellent: For the above-mentioned dichroic composition for ί::!, a high score = 匕: may be added as a material for preventing repellency at the time of coating. The muon compound used for this purpose is not particularly limited as long as it has compatibility with the liquid crystalline dye-reducing dye, and does not significantly inhibit the change or orientation of the dip of the dye. Examples of the polymer which can be used as the repellency agent are described in the commemorative publication, and a particularly preferable specific polymer example is a bovine cellulose vinegar. Examples of the cellulose vinegar include cellulose acetate, propylene glycol, propyl cellulose, and cellulose acetate butyrate. The amount of the polymer to be used for the purpose of preventing the repellency 2 is not inhibited by the liquid crystal azo dye, and is preferably (U wt% to 1 G wt%). The range is better in the range of completion Wt%~8, and then in the range of 0.1 wt% to 5 wt%. Alignment film inclination control agent: The above dichroic pigment composition is also An additive for controlling the tilt angle of the upper-speed liquid crystal azo dye molecule on the alignment film side may be added. The addition-example towel having such a function includes a compound having a polar group and a non-polar* living group in the molecule. The compound having both a substrate and a non-myster group can be exemplified by the following compounds: PG_0H, PG_C00H, Ρ°-0-Ρ° &gt; P〇.Nh2. P〇.NH-P° ^ P°- SH ^ p°-sp° . P0-C〇-P° &gt; 201113332 修正 Revision date: December 24, 1999 is the 99128828 Chinese manual without scribe correction page P°-CO〇-P〇. P〇 .C〇NH-P° . P°-CONHCO-P〇. Ρ〇.δ〇3Η &gt; P°-S03- Ρ〇. P°-S02NH-P° . P°-S〇2NHS02-P〇. p〇.C=NP° . H〇-P (-OP〇)2 . (HO-)2P〇.〇P〇 . P(.〇p〇)3 ^ H〇.p〇(_〇p0)2 ^ (HO-)2P(M)P。、P0(_0pG)3、P。佩及 pG_CN 以及該些化合 物的有_。歧’錢㈣了上述化合物的有機鹽(例 如録鹽、銳鹽、猶鹽等)以外,亦可較佳地採用π比咬 錄鹽等。上述分子内具有極性基與非極性基兩方的化合物 中’較佳為 P0-OH、P0-COOH、Ρ〇-Ο4&gt;〇、ρ〇姻2、p0_s〇3H、 h〇^〇p°)2 ^ (HO-)2P〇-〇P〇 . p〇(.〇po)3 有機鹽。此處,上述各PG表示非極性基,當有多個pG時, 可分別相同亦可不同。(HO-) 2P (M) P. , P0 (_0pG) 3, P. There is _ for pG_CN and the compounds. In addition to the organic salt of the above compound (for example, a salt, a sharp salt, a salt, or the like), a π ratio biting salt or the like can be preferably used. Among the above compounds having a polar group and a nonpolar group in the molecule, 'preferably P0-OH, P0-COOH, Ρ〇-Ο4> 〇, ρ〇 marriage 2, p0_s〇3H, h〇^〇p°) 2 ^ (HO-)2P〇-〇P〇. p〇(.〇po)3 organic salt. Here, each of the above PGs represents a non-polar group, and when there are a plurality of pGs, they may be the same or different. P0例如可列舉以下的基作為例子:絲(較佳為碳數 1〜30的直鏈、分支、環狀的經取代或未經取代的烧基)、 稀基(較佳為碳數的直鏈、分支、環狀的經取代或 未經取代的烯基)、炔基(較佳為碳數丨〜3〇的直鏈、分支、 環狀的經取代絲錄代的絲)、芳基(較佳為碳數6〜 3〇的經取代或未經取代的芳基)、魏基(較佳為碳數3 〜30的經取代或未經取代的魏基)。該些非極性基亦可 更具有取代基,取代基可肺以下的基作為較佳例:函素 原子、烷基(包括環烷基、雙環烷基)、烯基(包括環烯基、 雙環烯基)、块基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、減、确基、緩 基、烧氧基、?氧基、魏氧基、_氧基、醯氧基、胺 甲醯氧基、絲基羰氧基、芳氧基缝基、胺基(包括苯 胺基)、醯基胺基、胺基減胺基、絲基胺基、芳氧 42 201113332± 修正日期_· 99年12月24日 爲第七128828號中文專利範圍無劃線g 七、申請專利範園: 1. -種光吸《方細,其 且 物所形成: [化 48] 通式⑵所麵的㈣性偶氮色素有^自至下少^式 貝質上不含液晶性的非著色性化合物的二色性色素f成 QLL1P0 is exemplified by the following examples: a silk (preferably a linear, branched, cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30) and a diluted group (preferably a carbon number straight). a chain, a branched, a cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, an alkynyl group (preferably a linear, branched, cyclic substituted silk of a carbon number of 〇~3〇), an aryl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 3 carbon atoms), a Wei group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted Wei group having a carbon number of 3 to 30). The non-polar groups may further have a substituent, and the substituents may be a group below the lung: a functional atom, an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group), an alkenyl group (including a cycloalkenyl group, a bicyclic ring). Alkenyl), block, aryl, heterocyclic, cyano, minus, exact, slow, alkoxy, ? Oxygen, alkoxy, oxy, oxime, amine methoxy, ketone carbonyl, aryloxy, amine (including anilino), decylamino, amine amide Base, silk-based amine group, aryl oxygen 42 201113332± Revised date _· December 24, 1999 is the seventh Chinese patent range No. 128828 No line VII. Application for patent garden: 1. - Kind of light absorption (4) The (tetra) azo dye of the formula (2) has a dichroic dye f of QLL1 which does not contain a liquid crystalline non-staining compound from the shellfish. R3 R4 0 (1 式中’R〜R分卿立表示氫原子或 R7分別獨城錢料料料取代 表 具有取代基的料族烴基: Q表不可 以干^歸.Δ i 物雜&amp;基或壤己燒環基; 表不一彳貝連'、、〇基,A表示氧原子或硫原子. [化 49] ’ s R8 Q2-N=N~-(Q3-N:e=n)—^ )—N 式中,/8及R9分別獨立表示氫原子或可具有取代基 的烧,;表不可具有取代基的芳香族烴基或芳香族雜J 基,Q表不可具有取代基的二價芳香族煙基或二價芳香^ 雜環基;η表示1〜4的整數,當n為2以上的 個 Q可相同亦可不同。 ια 2.如申请專利範圍第1項所述之光吸收異方性膜,复 中上述通式(1)所表示的液晶性偶氮色素是以下述通式 所表示,上述通式(2)所表示的液晶性偶氣色素' 通式(4)所表示: ' 「連 95 201113332 修正日期:99年12月24曰, 爲第^9128828號中文專利範圍無劃線修正本 [化 50] d10 d11R3 R4 0 (1 where 'R~R is divided into a hydrogen atom or R7, respectively, and the monolithic material is taken to represent a hydrocarbon group having a substituent: Q can not be dried. Δ i complex &amp; The base or the soil has been burned to the ring base; the table is not a mussel', and the sulfhydryl group, and A represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. [Chem. 49] 's R8 Q2-N=N~-(Q3-N:e=n Wherein, -8 and R9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a calcination group which may have a substituent; an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hetero-J group which may not have a substituent, and the Q table may not have a substituent A divalent aromatic smoky group or a divalent aromatic aryl group; η represents an integer of 1 to 4, and when Q is 2 or more, Q may be the same or different. (2) The light-absorbing anisotropic film according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the liquid crystalline azo dye represented by the above formula (1) is represented by the following formula (2) The liquid crystal azo pigment represented by the formula (4) is represented by: ' 连 95 201113332 Revision date: December 24, 1999, the Chinese patent range of No. 9128828 is not underlined. [50] d10 D11 R14 R12 R13 (3 ) 式中’ R1G〜R1。分別獨立表示氫原子或炫基;R14表示 氫原子或甲基;R15及R16分別獨立表示可具有取代基的烷 基;B1表示氮原子或可具有取代基的碳原子;L2表示偶氮 基、醯氧基(-€(=0)0-)、氧基羰基(_〇c(=〇)-)或亞胺 基; Ut 51] R18 R21 / N R22 (4) bQ~n=n&quot;^^-n=n)^j R19 Vo 式中,R17〜R2G分別獨立表示氫原子或取代基;R2i 及R22分別獨立表示可具有取代基的烷基;B2表示氮原子 或V具有取代基的碳原子 ;m表示1或2,當m為2時, 兩铜R17〜R20可分別相同亦可不同。 5.如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之光吸收異方 、’其中上述通式(2)所表示的液晶性偶氮色素是以下 迷通式(5)所表示: 及 [化 52]R14 R12 R13 (3 ) where 'R1G~R1. Respectively represent a hydrogen atom or a stimulus group independently; R14 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; R15 and R16 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent; B1 represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom which may have a substituent; and L2 represents an azo group,醯oxy (-€(=0)0-), oxycarbonyl (_〇c(=〇)-) or imine; Ut 51] R18 R21 / N R22 (4) bQ~n=n&quot;^ ^-n=n)^j R19 Vo wherein R17 to R2G each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; R2i and R22 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent; and B2 represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon having a substituent. Atom; m means 1 or 2. When m is 2, the two coppers R17 to R20 may be the same or different. 5. The light absorbing anisotropy as described in the first or second aspect of the patent application, wherein the liquid crystalline azo dye represented by the above formula (2) is represented by the following formula (5): 52] 式中’ R23〜R3〇分別獨立表示氫原子或取代基;r;m R32分別獨立表示可具有取代基的烷基;B3表示氮原子 96 201113332 lX 1W正日期:99年12.月24日 爲第9'9128828號中文專利範圍無劃線修正本 或可具有取代基的碳原子。 4. 如申請專利範圍第丨項或第2項所述之光吸收異方 性膜,其中上述液晶性偶氮色素表現出向列性。 5. 如申請專利範圍第i項或第2項所述之光吸收 性膜’其中㈣於上述三色性色素域物中的將溶劑除外 的總固體成分,上述液晶性偶氮色素的比例為2〇 %作〜 100 wt%。 〇 6. 如申請專利範圍第丨項或第2項所述之光吸收異方 性膜其中上述二色性色素組成物含有至少—種的非液曰曰 性高分子,相對於該組成物巾的將溶齡外的總固體= 分,非液晶性高分子所占的比例為〇丨wt%〜9〇 wt%。 7· -種偏光子,包括基板以及於該基板上的 利範圍第1項至第6項中任—項所述之光吸收異方性膜。 8. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述之偏光子,其中於上成 基板與上述光吸收異方性膜之間具有配向膜。 、 Q 9. -種顯不裝置’包括如申請專利範圍帛1項至第$ 項中任-項所述之光吸㈣錄膜、或如申範 7項或第8項所述之偏光子。 第 10. -種偏光子的製造方法,其是如申料利範圍 8項或第9項所述之偏光子的製造方法,至少依序包 下的[1]〜[3]: [1]對基板直接、或對形成於該基板上的 摩擦或光照射的步驟; 联進订 P]於該基板或該配向膜上塗佈如申請專利範圍第i 97 201113332 爲第&lt;9128828號中文專利範圍無劃線修正本 修正日期:99年12月24日, 項至第6項中任一項所述之二色性色素組成物的步驟;以 及 [3]使上述二色性色素組成物配向而形成偏光子的步 驟。 11. 一種偶氮色素,其是如申請專利範圍第1項中所 述的通式(2)所表示的偶氮色素。 12. —種偶氮色素,其是如申請專利範圍第2項中所 述的通式(4)所表示的偶氮色素。 13. —種偶氮色素,其是如申請專利範圍第3項中所 述的通式(5)所表示的偶氮色素。 14. 一種二色性色素組成物,含有如申請專利範圍第 11項至第13項中任一項所述之偶氮色素。 15. —種光吸收異方性膜,其是由如申請專利範圍第 14項所述之二色性色素組成物所形成。 98Wherein R23 to R3 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; r; m R32 each independently represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent; and B3 represents a nitrogen atom 96 201113332 lX 1W Date: 99 years, 12. The scope of the Chinese Patent No. 9'9128828 does not scribe a carbon atom which may have a substituent or a substituent. 4. The light absorbing anisotropic film according to claim 2, wherein the liquid crystalline azo dye exhibits nematicity. 5. The light-absorbing film according to item i or item 2 of the patent application, wherein (4) the total solid content of the liquid crystal azo dye in the trichromatic coloring matter region is the total solid content excluding the solvent; 2〇% made ~ 100 wt%. 〇6. The light absorbing anisotropic film according to claim 2 or 2, wherein the dichroic dye composition contains at least one kind of non-liquid enamel polymer, relative to the composition towel The total solids outside the age of dissolution = minutes, and the proportion of the non-liquid crystalline polymer is 〇丨wt% to 9〇wt%. And a light absorbing anisotropic film according to any one of the items 1 to 6 above. 8. The polarizer according to claim 7, wherein an alignment film is provided between the upper substrate and the light absorbing anisotropic film. , Q 9. - Display device does not include the light-absorbing (four) film as described in the scope of claim 1 to item #, or the photon as described in claim 7 or item 8. . 10. A method for producing a polarizer, which is a method for producing a polarizer as described in claim 8 or claim 9, at least [1] to [3]: [1] The step of irradiating the substrate directly or against the rubbing or light formed on the substrate; and bonding the substrate to the substrate or the alignment film, as disclosed in the patent application No. i 97 201113332 as the Chinese patent No. 9128828 The range is not corrected by the correction of the dichroic dye composition according to any one of the items of Item No. 6 to December 24, 1999; and [3] the alignment of the above-mentioned dichroic pigment composition The step of forming a polarizer. An azo dye which is an azo dye represented by the formula (2) as recited in claim 1 of the patent application. An azo dye which is an azo dye represented by the formula (4) as described in the second item of the patent application. An azo dye which is an azo dye represented by the formula (5) as recited in claim 3 of the patent application. A dichroic dye composition comprising the azo dye according to any one of claims 11 to 13. A light absorbing anisotropic film formed by the dichroic dye composition as described in claim 14 of the patent application. 98
TW99128828A 2009-08-28 2010-08-27 Dichroism pigment, light absorbing anisotropic film, polarizer and fabricating method thereof and display device TW201113332A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009199093A JP2011048311A (en) 2009-08-28 2009-08-28 Dichroic dye, light-absorbing anisotropic film, polarizer and method for producing the same, and display device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201113332A true TW201113332A (en) 2011-04-16

Family

ID=43627991

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW99128828A TW201113332A (en) 2009-08-28 2010-08-27 Dichroism pigment, light absorbing anisotropic film, polarizer and fabricating method thereof and display device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2011048311A (en)
TW (1) TW201113332A (en)
WO (1) WO2011024892A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5566178B2 (en) * 2010-05-07 2014-08-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Light-absorbing anisotropic film, method for producing the same, and liquid crystal display device using the same
WO2011157614A1 (en) * 2010-06-14 2011-12-22 Basf Se Black dichroic dye
TWI564598B (en) * 2011-10-12 2017-01-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co A polarizing film, a circularly polarizing plate, and the like
KR102073987B1 (en) * 2012-02-28 2020-02-05 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Compound and dichroic dye, and polarizing film
KR102129135B1 (en) * 2012-02-28 2020-07-01 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Polarizing film, circular polarizing plate and method of producing the same
TWI577744B (en) * 2012-03-26 2017-04-11 Sumitomo Chemical Co Composition and polarizing film
KR101717953B1 (en) * 2012-08-02 2017-03-20 (주)바이오니아 New azo compound, use thereof, and process for preparing of the same
US9250371B2 (en) 2012-11-06 2016-02-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Polarizing film, anti-reflective film and display device including the same
US9207359B2 (en) 2012-11-07 2015-12-08 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Polarizing film and display device including the polarizing film
US9194980B2 (en) * 2012-11-07 2015-11-24 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Polarizing film and display device including the polarizing film
KR101999830B1 (en) 2013-03-11 2019-07-12 삼성전자주식회사 Polarizing film and display device
KR102118036B1 (en) 2013-11-06 2020-06-02 삼성전자주식회사 Composition for polarizing film and polarizing film and display device
JP6246078B2 (en) * 2014-06-13 2017-12-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Manufacturing method of polarizing film and its application
JP2016118782A (en) 2014-12-17 2016-06-30 三星電子株式会社Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Polarizing film and display device including the same
WO2017154695A1 (en) * 2016-03-08 2017-09-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, light-absorbing anisotropic film, layered body, and image display device
JP6718735B2 (en) * 2016-04-26 2020-07-08 住友化学株式会社 Optical film
JP6771304B2 (en) * 2016-04-26 2020-10-21 住友化学株式会社 The composition and the optical film containing the composition
WO2019203192A1 (en) * 2018-04-17 2019-10-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Polarizer, circularly polarizing plate, and image display device
JP7314170B2 (en) * 2018-12-14 2023-07-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Light absorption anisotropic film, laminate and image display device
EP4361705A1 (en) 2021-06-21 2024-05-01 FUJIFILM Corporation Image projection system
JP2024116719A (en) 2023-02-16 2024-08-28 住友化学株式会社 Compound, composition, film, laminate and display device
JP2024116854A (en) 2023-02-16 2024-08-28 住友化学株式会社 Compound, composition, film, laminate and display device

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS59152957A (en) * 1983-02-18 1984-08-31 Gosei Senriyou Gijutsu Kenkyu Kumiai Azo dye for polyester fiber
JPH0493903A (en) * 1990-08-06 1992-03-26 Nitto Denko Corp Ultra-thin polarizing film and production thereof
JP3236683B2 (en) * 1992-11-06 2001-12-10 大日本印刷株式会社 Dye for thermal transfer and thermal transfer sheet
JP3687130B2 (en) * 1995-04-07 2005-08-24 住友化学株式会社 Alignment dye film, production method thereof, polarizing element and liquid crystal display device
JP2000313881A (en) * 1999-03-01 2000-11-14 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Dichroic dye composition, liquid crystal composition containing the same, and liquid crystal element
JP4175455B2 (en) * 2001-03-15 2008-11-05 日本化薬株式会社 Manufacturing method of novel micro-pattern polarizing element and stereoscopic display liquid crystal display device using the same
JP4736823B2 (en) * 2006-01-26 2011-07-27 三菱化学株式会社 Composition for anisotropic dye film, anisotropic dye film, polarizing element and dye for anisotropic dye film
JP5029032B2 (en) * 2007-01-23 2012-09-19 三菱化学株式会社 Dichroic dye composition, liquid crystal composition containing the same, and liquid crystal element
JP2009180975A (en) * 2008-01-31 2009-08-13 Nitto Denko Corp Optical laminate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2011048311A (en) 2011-03-10
WO2011024892A1 (en) 2011-03-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201113332A (en) Dichroism pigment, light absorbing anisotropic film, polarizer and fabricating method thereof and display device
KR101653948B1 (en) Liquid crystalline compound, liquid crystalline composition, anisotropically light-absorbing film, and liquid crystal display device
JP5300776B2 (en) Polarizing film, display device, and manufacturing method thereof
JP5412225B2 (en) Dichroic dye composition, light absorption anisotropic film, and polarizing element
TW201127943A (en) Dichroic dye composition and polarizing membrane and liquid crystal cell and display device
JP5566178B2 (en) Light-absorbing anisotropic film, method for producing the same, and liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI731013B (en) Retardation film
TW201125927A (en) Polarizer laminate, color filter and display device
JP6955581B2 (en) Lens Adhesives, Bonded Lenses, and Imaging Modules
KR101989195B1 (en) Composition and optical film
TW201241551A (en) Colored curable composition, color filter and method of producing color filter, solid-state image sensor and liquid crystal display device
JP5112147B2 (en) Polarizing element and manufacturing method of polarizing element
JP5554592B2 (en) Dichroic dye composition, light absorption anisotropic film, polarizer and method for producing the same, display device, and isothiazole azo compound
JP2015127407A (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device
JP5604151B2 (en) Dichroic dye composition, light absorption anisotropic film, polarizer, method for producing the same, and display device
JP2010230924A (en) Method for manufacturing light absorption anisotropic film and light absorption anisotropic film
JP2012032507A (en) Polarized glasses
JP2011248201A (en) Stereoscopic image printing photographic paper, stereoscopic image printing object, stereoscopic image printing method and stereoscopic image provision method